Agnes Scott College Catalog 1995-1997

^

Agnes S

eATALOG

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1995-1996

Fall Semester 1 995

Friday, August 25 (evening)
Saturday-Sunday, August 26-27
Sunday, August 27
Monday, August 28
Tuesday, August 29
Wednesday, August 30
Monday, September 4
Thursday-Sunday, October 19-22
Wednesday-Sunday, November 22-26
Monday, December 1 1
Tuesday- Wednesday, December 12-13
Thursday-Tuesday, December 14-19

New students arrive

New student orientation

Returning students arrive

Registration for returniyig students

Registration for new students

First day of classes

Labor Day Holiday

Fall break

Thanksgiving break

Last day of classes

Reading days

Finals

Spring Semester 1 996

Monday, January 1 5
Tuesday, January 23
Wednesday, January 24
Thursday, January 25
Saturday-Sunday, March 9-17
Friday-Sunday, April 5-7
Tuesday, May 7

Wednesday-Thursday, May 8-9
Thursday, May 9
Friday- Wednesday, May 10-15

Friday, May 1 7
Saturday, May 18

Martin Luther King, jr. Holiday

Students arrive

Registration

First day of classes

Spring break

Easter break

Last day of classes

Reading days

Senior exams begin at 2 p.m.

Finals, Senior exams end on May 15 at noon;

others end at 5 p.m.
Baccalaureate
Commencement

ASC Catalog 19954997

Table of Contents

2 An Overview of Agnes Scott College

8 Adr

12 Financial Aid

16 Outside the Classroom

18 Athletic Program

19 Return to College

21 Academic Program

27 Academic Honors

29 Academic Policies

33 International Opportunities

35 Special Curricular Opportunities

40 Post-Baccalaureate Programs and Preparation for Graduate Study

42 Tuition and Fees

45 Courses of Study

112 Organization of the College

120 Index

Inside Front Cover

Academic Calendar 1995-1996

Inside Back Cover

Academic Calendar 1996-1997

^nes Scott College does not discfiminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion,

sexual orientation, age or disahility in the recruitment and admission of students. This
L nondiscriminatory policy also applies to all the rights, privileges, programs and activities
generally accorded or made available to students at the College; and to the administration of educa-
tional policies, scholarship and loan programs, student employment and other college-administered
programs.

In an effort to comply with provisions of the Student Right to Know Act, Agnes Scott College
reports a graduation rate of 61 percent for the class entering in the fall of 1988.

The greatest care and attention to detail is given to the preparation of the program of the Col-
lege and every effort is made to insure the accuracy of its presentation in this catalog, but the Col-
lege reserves the right in its discretion to make at any time changes affecting the policies, fees, cur-
ricula or other matters required to carry out the objectives and purposes of the College. Agnes Scott
College is accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools.

1995-1997 Catalog

Agnes Scott History

A gnes Scott began with the faith and
/ \ vision of a small group of Presbyterians
X JL in Decatur, Georgia. They organized a
school in July 1889, and, under the influence of
the Reverend Frank Henry Gaines, minister of
the Decatur Presbyterian Church, decided that
the school would primarily educate girls and
young women. Founded in that year as the
Decatur Female Seminary, the school occupied a
rented house and had slightly more than $5,000
in subscribed capital. There were four teachers
educating 63 students studying at grammar school
level.

In the spring of
1890, Colonel George
Washington Scott, a
leading Decatur
businessman, gave
$^0,000 to provide a
"home" for the school.

Colonel Scott had --^^.^^-^^^

earlier provided 40

percent of the initial capital, and his gift to the
new school was the largest sum given to educa-
tion in Georgia up to that time. In recognition of
his interest and support, the Board of Trustees
changed the school's name to Agnes Scott
Institute in honor of Colonel Scott's mother.

Within 10 years the Institute gained accredi-
tation as a secondary school. In 1906, it was
chartered as Agnes Scott College and awarded its
first degrees. In 1907, the Southern Association
of Colleges and Schools accredited the College,
which became the first college or university in
Georgia to receive regional accreditation. In
1920, the College earned the approval of the
Association of American Universities, and in
1926, the United Chapters of Phi Beta Kappa
granted it a charter. Agnes Scott is also a charter

Agnes Scott College, begun a century ago
jLJLby a small group of Presbyterians, has
become one of the leading women's colleges in
the United States. With approximately 600 stu-
dents and an endowment of over $200 million,
the College offers a liberal arts education with
an emphasis on connected learning and personal
interaction between students and faculty.

member of the American Association of Univer-
sity Women and of the Southern University
Conference.

TTiroughout its history, Agnes Scott has
sought to maintain the ideals voiced by its
founders: "the formation and development of
Christian character" and "a high standard of
scholarship." The College is proud of its Presbyte-
rian heritage and is a member of the Association
of Presbyterian Colleges and Universities related
to the Presbyterian Church (U.S.A.).

The College's Board of Trustees is a self-
perpetuating body. TTie
College's academic
program firmly adheres to
the traditional liberal arts
disciplines. Academic and
extracurricular opportuni-
ties supplement the
academic program to
meet the changing needs
of women in our society.
From modest beginnings, the assets of the
College have grown to include an endowment of
over $200 million. From a single house on a small
lot, Agnes Scott has expanded to 21 buildings on
100 acres. The campus is included in the Agnes
Scott-South Candler Street Historic District.
Since its founding in 1889, seven presidents have
served: Frank Henry Gaines (1889-1923), James
Ross McCain (1923-1951), Wallace McPherson
Alston (1951-1973), Marvin Banks Perry Jr.
(1973-1982), Ruth Schmidt (1982-1994), Sally
Mahoney, Interim (1994-95) and Mary Brown
Bullock '66 (1995-present).

A more detailed history of Agnes Scott College may be
found in Lest We Forget by Walter Edivard McNair and A
Full and Rich Measure by M. Lee Sayrs '69 and Christine
S. Cozzsns.

Agnes Scott College

Mission and Purpose

Anes Scott College, a liberal arts college
for women, originated in the faith and
.. vision of a small group of Presbyterians in
Decatur, Georgia. In July 1889, the Decatur Female
Seminary, later renamed Agnes Scott College, was
organized for the purpose of educating women.

The founders of the College envisioned an institu-
tion dedicated to excellence in higher education and
committed to the Christian faith. Throughout its his-
tory, Agnes Scott College has sought to maintain the
ideals of its founders: "a high standard ot scholarship"
and "the formation and development ot Christian
character."

Agnes Scott College insists upon the highest stan-
dards of excellence in its faculty, staff and students and
provides a broad curriculum designed to develop all
aspects of compassionate, inquiring persons. Its rich
liberal arts curriculum seeks to enable women better to
understand themselves and the world in which they
live and to integrate what they know into a humane

perspective. Nourished by time-honored traditions as
well as by new dimensions of liberal education, students
are encouraged to develop intellectual independence,
moral insight and individual creativity, to the end that
they may live full and useful lives in their families,
careers and the world.

Agnes Scott College affirms its relationship to the
Judeo-Christian tradition. The values of this tradition
are central to the life of the College. The Christian
faith continues to shape the mission and purpose of the
College.

The dialogue between faith and learning at Agnes
Scott College fosters not only academic freedom, but
an appreciation of pluralism and a desire for diversity.
Those who share its life are invited to share its mission
and purpose.

The Board of Trustees adopted this interpre-
tation of the charter statement of Agnes Scott
College on May 13, 1988.

Agnes Scott College values the following goals:

A Commitment to Women

To a holistic approach to education for women, acknowl-
edging the primacy of intellectual development, with
integrating opportunities for physical, social, cultural and
spiritual development.

To perspectives within the liberal arts tradition that are
particularly significant for women.

A Commitment to Teaching and Learning

To academic excellence, rigor and creativity that engen-
der the joy of learning.

To personal interaction between students and faculty
with an emphasis on independent study and mentoring.

To the utilization of wide ranging pedagogical techniques
and technologies.

To an emphasis on collaborative learning.

A Commitment to the Liberal Arts

To the experience of a broad range of liberal studies
disciplines, including the humanities, fine arts, natural
and social sciences with significant depth in a disciplin-
ary or interdisciplinary major.

To the liberal arts as the indispensable foundation for
professional life.

A Commitment to an Appreciation of Diverse Cultures

To curricula reflecting a wide range of original sources
and scholarly critiques.

To a student body and a faculty who bring to Agnes
Scott the diverse perspectives of their circumstances,
cultures and backgrounds.

To respectful engagement with divergent ideas, philoso-
phies and perspectives from all members of the college
community.

To applied learning opportunities in local and interna-
tional communities.

A Commitment to a Community that Values Justice,
Courage and Integrity

To encourage the development of a spiritual commit-
ment and a set of values that can serve as sources of
vitality, meaning and guidance in the lives of students.

To support the development of leadership skills and
community service experiences needed to become effec-
tive contributors to one's family, profession and to society
and world citizenship.

Endorsed by the faadry, April 1 995

1995-1997 Catalog

An Agnes Scott Education

An Agnes Scott education is
/ \ as enduring as our Victo-
A. jL rian Rebekah Scott Hall
and as modem as our Robert W.
Woodruff Physical Education
Building, which opened in 1988.
Students work hard in the class-
room, coming to grips with the per-
spectives and innovations sought
by today's leaders in industry,
government and health and human
services.

In a spacious room in a residence
hall, students learn what is most
important about the human condi-
tion while living in surroundings
that echo values proclaimed by
tradition.

At Agnes Scott, students experi-
ence history, both physically and
intellectually.

At the same time, they live in
today's world with the advantages of
modem architecture and technology.

After exploring new possibilities
in a fully equipped laboratory,
students can see the stars at the
Bradley Observatory.

Students also have rich experi-
ences outside the classroom and off
campus.

Through our internship program,
they test their education and emerg-
ing skills in any of a number of
Atlanta area businesses and institu-
tions.

Agnes Scott women have
extended the classroom to include
the Centers for Disease Control, the
Cable News Network, the Georgia
State Legislature, the Federal
Reserve Bank of Atlanta, the Coca-
Cola Company and Grady

Memorial Hospital. In 1995-96, the
College launches its Program in
Women, Leadership and Social
Change: The Atlanta Semester.

At Agnes Scott College, a
student's education has the depth
and breadth of the liberal arts and
immediacy of the 1990s.

and Financial Aid

We have a notable merit-based
scholarship program that recog-
nizes outstanding ability and
achievement. In 1994-95, more
than 75 percent of the student
body received scholarships and/or
aid in amounts ranging from $100
to full room, board and tuition.

We offer a wide range of finan-
cial aid opportunities because we
seek an economically diversified
student population.

Today, the College's endowment
per student ranks sixth among all
colleges and universities in the
United States. Many of our pro-
grams have been made possible by
the generosity of Agnes Scott's
friends and alumnae. They have
provided endowment money that
has contributed substantially to the
College's finances. The financial
aid package most appropriate for a
student's needs should be discussed,
personally, with a member of the
financial aid staff. For more details,
see FINANCIAL AID (f). 12).

An Agnes Scott education is
too valuable to be denied for
economic reasons alone.

Life at Agnes
Scott College

Agnes Scott College is located in
Decatur, a community of 20,000,
only six miles from the heart of the
south Atlanta. A great university
city, a great American city, a great
international city and home of the
1996 Summer Olympics, Atlanta is
alive intellectually, culturally and
socially. MARTA, the city's rapid
transit system, takes Agnes Scott
students to many parts of the city.
Professional theatre, dance, music
and the visuals arts flourish. The
Robert W. Woodruff Arts Center is
home to the High Museum of Art,
the Alliance Theatre and the
Atlanta Symphony. The College
Events Series brings to the Agnes
Scott campus many world-
renowned performances such as the
"Capitol Steps," and speakers such
as John Updike. The Fox Theatre,
Underground Atlanta and many
other first rate facilities provide
entertainment.

In professional sports, Atlanta is
home to the Falcons (football), the
Hawks (basketball) and the Braves
(baseball) and the Knights
(hockey).

Shopping is the best in the
Southeast, and there are many malls
and small boutiques to satisfy every
need. Restaurants serve cuisine
ranging from Southern cooking to
French to Cajun to Korean and new
restaurants are opening every day.

Agnes Scott is a college of ap-
proximately 600 students. It offers
many benefits over larger colleges.

Agnes Scott College

An ASC Education

Each individual is important to the
growth and spirit at Agnes Scott.
Living with friends and learning to
love them as extended family are
essential parts of campus life. Some
of the friendships you begin in your
residence hall will last a lifetime. At
Agnes Scott, we know how
important residence living is. That's
why all our halls are comfortable and
distinctive.

Residence Halls

Agnes Scott, Rebekah Scott and
Inman halls have been restored to
their Victorian elegance while meet-
ing today's demands for efficiency
and comfort. These halls have recap-
tured their former grace with period
design and furnishings (some
donated by alumnae) and chande-
liers in their lobbies and parlors. All
three of these halls are now listed in
the National Register of Historic
Places.

There are three other comfort-
able residence halls on campus:
Hopkins, Walters and Winship.

Library

The impressive McCain Library,
built in 1936 and completely reno-
vated in 1975-77, combines a tradi-
tional liberal arts collection with
the advantages of emerging tech-
nologies. An online catalog
provides campus-wide access to
library holdings of over 194,000
volumes, 25,000 microforms, 5,000
media materials and 775 periodical
subscriptions. A growing number of
electronic texts and databases are
available to the campus community,
including the extensive resources of

the Internet.

Agnes Scott students also enjoy
access to 9,000,000 volumes in
nearby academic libraries, through
the College's consortium member-
ship in the University Center in
Georgia. The library has embarked
on several collaborative projects
which will result in greatly
expanded access to electronic

scholarly publications. Library
services emphasize individualized
support for students throughout
their academic development.

Computer
Facilities

The College has recently
upgraded computer facilities for

Extracurricular Activities

Tn a small community, everyone's
talents are needed and appreci-

Intercollegiate Soccer

Intercollegiate Tennis

ated. At Agnes Scott, you will

Intercollegiate Volleyball

explore old interests, develop new

Joyful Noise - a gospel singing

ones and enjoy the special chemistry

group

of shared enthusiasms .

Lesbian Bi-Sexual Alliance

Agnes Scott College

London Fog - a jazz vocal

Adventure Sporting Club

group

Agnes Scott College

Orientation Council

Community Orchestra

The Profile - campus newspaper

Aquatic Scotties -

Racism Free Zone

synchronized swimming

Religious Life Council

Arts Council

Residence Hall Association

The Aurora - literary magazine

Returning Student

Blackfriars - presenting three

Organization

major drama productions each

The Silhouette - student year-

year

book

Chimo - organization for

Social Council

international students

Spanish, French and German

Circle K

clubs

College Republicans

Stethoscope Society

Organization

Student art exhibits - open to

College Young Democrats

the public

Day Student Organization

Student Government

GAIA - environmental

Association

organization

Studio Dance Theatre

Glee Club

Tower Council

Honor Court

Volunteer Board

Intercollegiate Basketball

Witkaze - organization for

Intercollegiate Cross Country

African-American students

1995-1997 Catalog

An ASC Education

faculty and students. Through the
Information Technology Enhance-
ment Project (ITEP), the campus is
fully networked using the latest in
technology, i.e., all locations in-
cluding faculty offices, classrooms,
labs and residence halls have net-
work connections. Each residence
hall room also has cable TV con-
nections. The campus computer
network, SCOTTLAN, is con-
nected to the Internet, providing
access for all on-campus systems to
resources such as the World Wide
Web. Each faculty member has his
or her own 486/040 or better per-
sonal computer system with access
to networked laser printing facili-
ties. All student facilities, includ-
ing the Academic Computing
Center (Walters), the three satel-
lite centers (Inman, Main,
Winship), the Collaborative Learn-
ing Center (Alston Annex), the
Writing Workshop (Buttrick), the
Science Collaborative Learning
Center (Campbell) and the Mac
Lab (Dana) follow the same high
standards. Other specialized facili-
ties include the Science Worksta-
tion Lab (Bradley Observatory),
the Interactive Learning Center
(Buttrick) and the Instructional
Technology Center (Buttrick),
including the Modem Language
Lab, the Small Group Discussions
Room and the Faculty Develop-
ment Center. The College is com-
mitted to keeping pace with the
rapid changes in technology that
enable faculty and students to
enhance their teaching and learn-
ing experiences.

Writing Workshop

At the Writing Workshop (lo-
cated in Buttrick Hall 306), trained
student tutors and the workshop
director (a faculty member) assist
students working on papers or other
writing assignments for courses. In a
tutorial session, the student is
encouraged to develop her own ideas
and to evaluate how well her writing
communicates those ideas.

Students may come to the
Writing Workshop at any stage of
the writing process, from planning
and drafting the work to revising and
polishing the final version. Tutoring
is available during the day and
evening Sunday through Friday.
There is no charge for this service.
The workshop is equipped with
computers for students to use in
conjunction with a tutoring session
or on their own.

Collaborative Learning
Centers

The Collaborative Learning Cen-
ter (CLC) is located on the first floor
of the Wallace Alston Campus Cen-
ter Annex. The CLC is a place for
collaborative study, a kind of "talking
study hall." Students meet here to
work together on projects for their
classes, to study for tests, to meet with
tutors from various academic depart-
ments or to assist each other with
assignments. Furnished with comfort-
able chairs, work tables, good lighting
and computers, the CLC aftords
students a place to confirm and ex-
pand the learning processes that begin
in the classroom.

There is also a collaborative
learning center on the first floor of

Campbell Hall equipped with study
areas, resource materials and high-
end work stations with access to on-
line resources, including the library.

Choosing
Your Career

Education and preparation for life
after Agnes Scott are of utmost im-
portance. The Office of Career
Planning and Counseling encourages
students to make well-informed
decisions about career and life-style
options. The office provides indi-
vidual counseling, self assessment
aids, job search workshops and other
programs.

The Intern, Extern and Shadow
Programs offer students opportunities
to learn about occupations and pro-
fessions while at Agnes Scott. These
programs help students gain practical
experience and learn more about
various occupations and professions.
As an example, during the semester
break, students can work for a week
to gain experience in a corporate or a
non-profit setting.

Honor
System

Ethics and values are central to
the purpose, cunicula and social life
of Agnes Scott College. Women
here take personal responsibility for
their own integrity and behavior.
The Honor System, rarely found on
campuses today, is governed by
students; and each student is
expected to uphold the high
standards of that system. The Honor
System offers students the privilege
of unproctored exams.

Agnes Scott College

Our Second Century

In 1989, Agnes Scott College
celebrated its 100th birthday,
and we entered our second
century with revitalized academic
programs that will enable Agnes
Scott graduates to be effective
leaders in tomorrow's world. Our
commitment to scholarship shows
in Agnes Scott's high academic
standards. Our sense of the future
involves global perspectives and
technology.

At Agnes Scott, traditions lay
the groundwork for the future.
Respect for the past and excite-
ment about the future are as
apparent in our physical improve-
ments as in the redesigned
curricula.

Since 1985 many campus
facilities have been refurbished.
Historic buildings have been
restored to their original grace and
have been authentically furnished.
The bell tower of Main has a new
brass bell which calls us to convo-
cation and other special events.
Our gazebo and horse-and-carriage
gate, two cherished Agnes Scott
symbols that have been part of our
campus for most of our history.

have both been carefully restored.

Our old gymnasium and infir-
mary buildings have been reno-
vated and are now the Wallace M.
Alston Campus Center. This cen-
ter houses a student activity room,
game room, racquetball courts,
lockers, dance studio, campus
offices, faculty club, snack bar,
RTC lounge, counselor's office,
chapel, campus store and
chaplain's office.

In 1988 the Robert W.
Woodruff Physical Education Cen-
ter opened. The facility is part of a
more than $4 million pledge to
athletics and physical education
that has provided a swimming and
diving pool, regulation basketball
and racquetball courts, weight
room, training room and a new
track and field designed with state-
of-the-art field technology.

The new facilities would be
impressive on any campus. Because
Agnes Scott's athletic emphasis is
on recreation and personal devel-
opment, our facilities are available
to all students for individual train-
ing as well as for intramural and
intercollegiate athletics.

As evidenced by the Information
Technology Enhancement Project,
the College is committed to keeping
pace with the rapid changes in
technology that enable faculty and
students to enhance their teaching
and learning experiences.

Our commitment to innovative
hands-on experience is evident in
such programs as the Atlanta
Semester, internship study, the
Global Awareness Program and the
Global Connections Program.
It is evident in campus facilities
such as our automated library and
SCO 11 LAN, our campus network.
The Agnes Scott experience helps
students become at home in the
world. Through the Global Aware-
ness Program Agnes Scott students
have the opportunity to live and
study in such places as Mexico,
Japan, Russia and Botswana.

Agnes Scott's heritage is one of
providing an education that has
real meaning in the lives ot our
graduates. It is a heritage we honor
by improvements and innovations
that make our second century
at once a promise made and a
promise kept.

1995-1997 Catalog

Ad

mission

A gnes Scott College admits
/ \ students of diverse back-
Jl. JLgrounds, interests and
talents whose academic and per-
sonal qualities promise success.
Qualified women of any race, age,
creed, national or ethnic origin are
encouraged to apply. The College
admits qualified students with
disabilities and makes every effort
to meet the needs of such students.
Agnes Scott College is authorized
under federal law to enroll
nonimmigrant foreign nationals.

The Office of Admission, under
policies and standards established
by the faculty, considers each
student's application and examines
evidence of sound academic prepa-
ration, ability, motivation, maturity
and integrity. Every completed
application receives a thorough
review. Agnes Scott admits well-
qualified students without regard to
financial need. An applicant's

financial situation is considered
after an admission decision has
been made. Students are admitted
on the basis of their academic and
personal records and promise, not
on family financial circumstances.

General
hxjormauon

The Application

Applications for admission are
distributed by the Office of Admis-
sion.

The application for admission
should be mailed, together with a
nonrefundable application fee, to:

Office of Admission

Agnes Scott College

141 E. College Ave.

Decatur, Georgia 30030

TTie $35 fee may be submitted
in the form of a check or money

order to Agnes Scott College. The
Office of Admission considers
requests for fee waivers on an indi-
vidual basis.

Entrance Requirements

A student's record of achieve-
ment in secondary school is the
most reliable indicator of college
success. Successful candidates for
admission usually graduate in the
top 30 percent of their high school
class and present a minimum of four
academic units each year. Courses
include four years of English, two
years of one foreign language, three
years of mathematics (algebra I and
II, geometry), one or more years of
laboratory science (biology, chemis-
try, physics) and one or more years
of social studies. Students may be
accepted without the recommended
number of courses in a particular
field.

Financial Aid

The Financial Aid program at
Agnes Scott is designed to make
an Agnes Scott education affordable to
every student who is admitted. The
financial need of a student accepted for
admission is evaluated by the Financial
Aid Office. A financial aid plan is
developed consisting of grant, loan and
work components. For more informa-
tion, see HNANCIAL AID (f). U).

During the academic year 1994-95,
grant, loan and work funds were used

by more than 75 percent of the student
body to meet their educational
expenses.

The College also offers scholarships
based on merit rather than need.
Awarded annually, they are renewable
and range from $2,000 to full tuition,
room and board. Academic scholar-
ships usually have early application
deadlines and interested applicants
should call the Office of Admission for
details.

Entrance
Examinations

Applicants must
present results of either
the Scholastic Assess-
ment Test (SAT) or the
American College Test
(ACT). These examina-
tions should be taken in
the spring of the junior
year or by December of
the senior year in high
school. The highest
scores presented by an
applicant are considered.

Information about

Agnes Scott College

Admission

the SAT and ACT may be
obtained in high school guidance
offices. For information, write:

College Board Admissions
Testing Program

Box 592
Princeton, NJ 08541

Test Administration

Department
American College Testing

Program
PO. Box 168
Iowa City, lO 52243

Advanced Placement Credit

Credit toward the Agnes Scott
degree may be given for scores of
four or five on the following Ad-
vanced Placement Examinations of
the College Entrance Examination
Board (CEEB) taken in secondary
school. Art (history, studio), biol-
ogy, chemistry, economics, English
(language and composition, litera-
ture and composition), French
(language, literature), German
(language), history (American,
European), government and poli-
tics, Latin (Vergil, Catullus-
Horace), mathematics (calculus
AB, or a score of 3 on BC), music
(theory), physics (B, C mechanics,
C electricity-magnetism), psychol-
ogy, Spanish (language, literature).

Credit toward the Agnes Scott
degree may be given for scores of
five, six, or seven on the higher
level examinations of the Interna-
tional Baccalaureate taken in sec-
ondary school.

Students who have participated
in joint enrollment programs with
accredited colleges and universities
may receive credit for grades of C or
better if the college issues an official

J 995- 1 997 Catalog

transcript and certifies that the
course was a regular college course
taught by a regular member of the
college faculty. Final determination
of credit for joint enrollment
courses will be made by the dean or
director of academic advising.

All inquiries and materials con-
nected with advanced placement
credit should be directed to the
director of academic advising.

Interviews & Overnight Visits

An on-campus interview is
encouraged but not required for all
candidates. The student becomes
better acquainted with the College
and a visit is very useful when
making the final college choice.
An interview is also helpful to the
Office of Admission when evaluat-
ing an application. Student-led
tours, class visits and overnight
stays in residence halls can be
scheduled as part of the visit. To
schedule an interview, write or
telephone the Office of Admission
at least a week in advance.

Agnes Scott alumnae are avail-
able in many areas of the country
to talk to prospective students
about Agnes Scott.

Candidates for admission can
find the name and address of the
alumnae representative closest to
them by contacting the Agnes
Scott Office of Admission.
For information call or write:

Office of Admission

Agnes Scott College

141 E. College Avenue

Decatur, Georgia 30030

(404) 638-6285

National 1-800-868-8602

Fax (404) 638-6414

Health Record

All applicants who accept the
College s offer of admission must
submit a complete medical history,
including a certificate of examination
by their physicians, as well as results of
immunizations and chest X-ray.
Entrance Health Record Forms are
mailed to enrolling students and must
be received by the director of the
Health Center by August 1 .

Secondary
School Students

Applying as a Senior

Seniors should apply for admission
before the priority deadline (March 1)
of the senior year. Credentials
required are: a completed application
form, a high school transcript, essay,
scores from the Scholastic Assessment
Test (SAT) and/or the American
College Test (ACT), a guidance
counselor's recommendation and a
teacher's recommendation. Agnes
Scott admits students according to
the following application plans:

( 1 ) Early Decision/First Choice

(The applicant agrees to withdraw aR
other college applications after receiv-
ing notice of admission andfirumcicd
aid from Agnes Scott.)
Application deadline: November 15
Notification date: December 15

(2) Scholarship Decision
Application deadline: January 5
Notification date: January 25

(3) Regidar Decision
Application deadline: March 1
Notification: Beginning March 1

Admission

Part-time Students

Students may elect to enroll
initially at Agnes Scott on a part-
time basis, if their circumstances
make full-time attendance imprac-
tical. Students wishing to enroll on
a part-time basis should discuss
that option with an advisor in the
Office of Admission and indicate
their interest in enrolling part-time
on the regular application for ad-
mission. Part-time students are not
subject to the minimum course
load requirement, but they are
subject to the following time limits
for completion of the degree: a)
eight years after enrollment if clas-
sified as a first-year student; b) six
years after enrollment if classified
as a sophomore; c) four years after
enrollment if classified as a junior
or senior.

Joint Enrollment

Some high school seniors are
ready to take college courses before
graduation. Under the Joint Enroll-
ment Program, high school seniors
(male or female) may take some
courses at Agnes Scott. These
students must be approved for
admission by the director of admis-
sion and are admitted to specific
courses by the director of academic
advising. A candidate must submit
a high school transcript, a record of
SAT or ACT scores and a letter
from the high school counselor
giving a general recommendation
and specific course approval.

Admission after Junior

Year of High School

A student judged to be ready for
college after her junior year of high
school may be admitted to Agnes
Scott College. The student must be
mature, academically prepared and
strongly recommended for this
program by her school. Most high
schools grant a diploma after a
student completes first-year courses
at Agnes Scott. A student consid-
ering this possibility should consult
her high school guidance office.
Successful applicants are classified
as first-year students at Agnes
Scott and use the normal applica-
tion procedures and dates.

International Students

International students are en-
couraged to send their completed
forms early in order to avoid postal
delays. Foreign nationals whose
first language is not English should
also submit the results of the Test
of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL). Information may be
obtained from the local U.S. Office
of Information or by writing to the
TOEFL Program, Educational
Testing Service, Box 899,
Princeton, New Jersey 08541.

College
Students

Transfer Students

Agnes Scott welcomes applica-
tions from transfer students, in-
cluding graduates of two-year col-
leges. Transfer applicants are ad-
mitted on the basis of academic
and personal achievement and
motivation. In addition to com-
pleted application forms, each
applicant must submit standardized
test score results (SAT or ACT),
an official transcript of high school
and college work, one letter of
recommendation from a college
professor who taught the applicant
an academic subject and a state-
ment of good standing. Students
who are on probation or have been
dismissed will not be admitted to
Agnes Scott College.

Transfer students are also urged
to visit Agnes Scott for an inter-
view in the Office of Admission.

Transfer students must complete
the junior and senior years at
Agnes Scott and earn a minimum
of 60 semester hours in academic
subjects at the College.

Transfer applications are ac-
cepted for the fall and spring se-
mesters. Admission decisions are
made and announced as
applications are completed and
openings remain available.

Transfer credit may be given for
courses taken at accredited institu-
tions, provided the student has
earned a grade of C or better and

10

Agnes Scott College

Admission

the courses fall within the scope of
Agnes Scott's curriculum. Students
wishing to apply a substantial por-
tion of work earned elsewhere
toward their major should check
with the director of academic
advising.

Transient Students

Students in good standing at
other colleges may apply as tran-
sient students at Agnes Scott for
one or more semesters and take one
or more courses. A request for
admission as a transient student
should be filed in writing with the
director of academic advising and
supported by the following items
sent at the student's initiative: a
transcript of record, including a
statement of good standing and a
letter of approval from the
student's college dean, indicating
approval of the plan and of
specific courses to be taken for
transfer credit.

Student
Disabilities

Agnes Scott complies with
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973. Agnes Scott accepts
students with documented disabili-
ties who can successfully pursue a
demanding and rigorous college
program.

Students with documented
disabilities, including learning
disabilities, meet with the director
of academic advising or the associ-
ate dean of students to determine
appropriate and feasible accommo-
dations. Faculty and staff are noti-
fied only in those cases in which a
specific request from a student has
been made.

Academic accommodations
may include use of taped textbooks
or readings, adjusted times for
examinations and projects or use of
word processing for examinations
and are determined on an indi-
vidual basis. The request for ac-

commodation and documentation
of the disability are maintained in
the student's file in the registrar's
office. The student must work with
the faculty to determine appropri-
ate and reasonable accommoda-
tions given the nature of the course
work. The director of academic
advising assists in establishing
these accommodations. The stu-
dent must specify for which courses
she is making the request. Under
certain circumstances, students
may request an exemption to a
specific or distributional require-
ment by consulting with the direc-
tor of academic advising. Approval
of the dean of the college is
required for these exceptions.

Residence hall accommodations
may include appropriate placement
in a residence hall or the installa-
tion of an alarm for a hearing prob-
lem. Assistance can be given for
planning traffic routes on campus
or any other special circumstances.

1995-1997 Catalog

11

Financial Aid

Tie financial aid program at
Agnes Scott is designed to
make an Agnes Scott edu-
cation affordable to every student
who is admitted. The financial need
of a student accepted for admission
is evaluated by the Financial Aid
Office.

The College also offers scholar-
ships based on merit rather than
need. Awarded annually, the schol-
arships are renewable and range
from $2,000 to $18,400.

Merit-Based
Scholarships

Agnes Scott offers scholarships
based on outstanding ability and
promise.

The Presidential Scholarship

covers full tuition, room and board.
It is awarded to the most outstand-
ing applicant. It has an annual value
of $18,400.

Honor Scholarships award from
$3,500 to $12,000 annually to aca-
demically outstanding students.
Students must submit all applica-
tion materials to Agnes Scott by
January 5 and they must indicate
interest in competing for Agnes
Scott scholarships on the applica-
tion for admission. The Office of
Admission can provide further
information about the scholarship
program.

Nannette Hopkins Scholarships
in music are awarded to entering
students planning to major in music
on the basis of musical talent and
promise. TTiese scholarships begin at
$2,000 and are renewable through

12

the senior year. Contact the Office
of Admission for information about
auditions.

National Presbyterian College
Scholarships of up to $2,000, are
awarded to entering first-year stu-
dents who are members of the Pres-
byterian Church (U.S.A.). Selec-
tion is based on scholastic ability
and leadership qualities. Applica-
tions are available from the Office
of Admission.

Global Awareness Scholarships
are based on evidence of interest in
global issues, leadership and aca-
demic achievement. Selected stu-
dents will be able to participate in
the Global Awareness Program at
no additional charge.

Marie L. Rose Scholarship of
$ 1 ,000, awarded by the Huguenot
Society of America, goes to a rising
sophomore, junior or senior who
presents proof of eligibility as a
Huguenot descendant. The Finan-
cial Aid Office has these applica-
tions, which must be submitted no
later than April 15.

Middle Income
Assistance Grants

Agnes Scott offers the Middle
Income Assistance Grant to

students who may not qualify for
need-based assistance, yet may not
be able to afford the cost of private
higher education. Based on a com-
bination of factors including
academic achievement, involve-
ment in activities and family
resources, the Middle Income Assis-
tance Grants range from $3,000 to

$5,000 and are renewable annually.
The application must be submit-
ted by February 15 during the initial
application process, but is not re-
quired for renewal.

Financial Aid Based
on Family Financial
Circumstances

Agnes Scott has substantial
resources to provide need-based
assistance. An Agnes Scott finan-
cial aid award usually combines one
or more grants, a Federal Stafford
Student Loan and the offer of cam-
pus employment. If students choose
to decline any portion of their fi-
nancial aid package, they must use
their own resources to replace these
funds.

Government Sources
Of Financial Assistance

State of Georgia Grants. Quali-
fied Georgia residents are automati-
cally eligible for the Georgia
Tuition Equalization Grant ( in the

amount of $1,000 in 1994-95). To
qualify, a student must have been a
legal resident of Georgia for the 1 2
months immediately preceding
enrollment at Agnes Scott and must
be registered for at least 1 2 semester
hours 14 days after the end of the
drop/add period. The Georgia
Tuition Equalization Grant is not
based on the financial situation of
the student's family. It recognizes
the important role private colleges
play in reducing the cost to taxpay-

Agnes Scott College

Financial Aid

ers for the education of Georgia
citizens. Applications, which must
be filed yearly, can be obtained from
the Agnes Scott Financial Aid
Office.

Georgia residents who are full-
time students and who demonstrate
substantial financial need may also
qualify for the Student Incentive
Grant. These awards ranged from
$50041,000 for the 1994-95 aca-
demic year.

In addition, full-time Georgia
residents are eligible to receive a
HOPE Scholarship. The amount
was $1,500 for 1994-95.

Federal Programs. Two grant
programs provide federal grant
funds. The Federal Pell Grant
program makes need-based awards
based on information provided on
the Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA). These
grants were for a maximum of
$2,300 for 1994-95. Federal Supple-
mental Educational Opportunity
Grants range from $100 to $4,000.
Completing the FAFSA is all that is
necessary to apply for both of these
programs.

Federal Work-Study Program
funds provide a portion of salaries
paid to students who are awarded
campus jobs as a part of their finan-
cial aid package.

The Federal Stafford Student
Loan Program enables students to
borrow directly from banks, credit
unions, savings and loan associa-
tions and other participating
lenders. Students must complete the
Free Application for Federal
Student Aid to be eligible to apply
for a Federal Stafford Loan. The low

interest loans are repayable begin-
ning six months after ceasing enroll-
ment on a half-time or greater basis.
The Federal Stafford Loan Program
limits the amount which students
may borrow annually to $2,625 for
first-year students, $3,500 for sopho-
mores, $5,500 for juniors and
seniors and $8,500 for graduate
students.

If the results of the aid applica-
tion indicate that the student is
eligible for an interest subsidy, the
federal government will pay the
student's interest while she is
attending an eligible institution on
a half-time or greater basis. Students
who are not eligible for the interest
subsidy may borrow under the
Federal Stafford Loan Program;
however, the student is responsible
for the accrued interest, which
either may be paid on a periodic
basis or added to the loan principal.

Any student who has difficulty
locating a Federal Stafford Loan
lender should contact the Agnes
Scott College Financial Aid Office.

Application
Procedures

Agnes Scott requires all finan-
cial aid applicants to complete the
Free Application for Federal Stu-
dent Aid. Additionally, all entering
students who wish to be considered
for Agnes Scott grants based on
family financial circumstacces are
required to complete either the
Profile from the College Scholar-
ship Service or the Agnes Scott
College Financial Aid Application.
Prospective students should indi-

cate their interest in financial
assistance on the Agnes Scott
application for admission.

Transfer applicants, applicants
for readmission and Return to Col-
lege applicants may obtain the
applications from the Office of
Admission. They also should
arrange to have a financial aid
transcript from all institutions previ-
ously attended sent to the Agnes
Scott Financial Aid Office.

Currently enrolled students
seeking aid for the next session
should obtain the applications from
the Financial Aid Office. Instruc-
tions for applying are posted on the
official bulletin board in January.

Determination
of College Awards

The financial aid office uses the
information provided on the finan-
cial aid applications to determine
the amount of family resources
which should be available to the
student for college expenses.
Among the factors used in the
analysis are: family and student
income and assets, taxes, the num-
ber of people in the household, the
age of the older parent and the
number of children in college.

The processed financial aid ap-
plication must be received in the
Financial Aid Office by May 1 to
receive a priority package.

Students also must inform the
Financial Aid Office of any signifi-
cant changes in the financial
situation of their families which
might require an increase or
decrease in aid.

i 995- 1997 Catalog

13

FiTiancial Aid

Notification
of Awards

Students are notified of their
financial aid award for the coming
session as soon as possible after the
Financial Aid Office receives their
processed financial aid applications.

Confidentiality
of Awards

Since the amount of an award
reflects a family's financial circum-
stances, college personnel consider
the award a private matter between
the student, her parents and the
Financial Aid Office. In accordance
with the legislation titled "The
Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974," Agnes Scott
will not release this information to
others without the student's written

Student
Responsibilities

Students interested in financial
assistance at Agnes Scott must
apply for all federal and state grants
which may be available to them.
Students are encouraged to
investigate the possibility of aid
through community agencies, local
foundations, corporations, unions
and religious and civic groups.

Students are responsible for
knowing and complying with all
instructions and regulations of the
various student assistance programs.

Financial aid awards are made for
one year and are renewable on
evidence of continued eligibility as
indicated by the results of com-
pleted financial aid applications

14

each year. All financial aid pro-
grams must be applied for annually.

All students must make satisfac-
tory progress toward the completion
of their degree to continue to re-
ceive financial assistance.

Students receiving financial
assistance who withdraw from the
College during the refund period
will not receive refunds personally.
Instead, the refund will go back into
the various accounts of the pro-
grams from which funds were issued.
In cases where students withdraw
from the College and have received
cash for non-direct educational
expenses, repayment of unused
funds may be necessary.

Duration

of Aid Eligibility

Normally Agnes Scott College
funded assistance is available only
for the equivalent of eight semesters
of full-time study. Students who
attend part time or who transfer in
credits from an institution in which
they previously were matriculated or
degree-seeking, will have their aid
eligibility prorated accordingly.

Students are eligible to receive
Title IV federal financial aid for no
more than 12 full-time equivalent
semesters of study. Eligibility will
be prorated for transfer and part-
time students. For example, a Re-
turn to College student who enrolls
as a first semester junior and at-
tends half-time each semester, will
be eligible to receive federal finan-
cial aid for no more than 12 semes-
ters.

Students who drop or add
courses during the first ten calen-
dar days of the semester will have

their financial aid awards revised to
reflect any change in enrollment
status (full-time, three-quarter time
or half-time). Hours dropped after
that period will be included in the
computation of the student's dura-
tion of financial aid eligibility.

Satisfactory
Academic Progress

To receive financial assistance at
Agnes Scott College through pro-
grams authorized by Title IV of the
Higher Education Act as amended,
through state administered programs
and through College funded pro-
grams a student must maintain
satisfactory academic progress.

The standards of progress and
criteria for academic probation as
described in the college catalog also
determine financial aid probation.
When a student is placed on aca-
demic probation, she is also placed
on financial aid probation and is
sent written notification. If a
student continues on academic
probation for a third consecutive
semester, her financial aid is
terminated.

All Agnes Scott Scholarships
based on merit require specific
academic achievement for renewal.
The requirements vary and are
included in the scholarship notifica-
tion.

Appeals and
Reinstatement of Aid

A student may appeal the termi-
nation of her financial aid. If cir-
cumstances warrant it, the financial
aid may be reinstated. A written
appeal must be submitted to the

Agnes Scott College

Firuxncial Aid

director of financial aid by the date
specified on the notification to
terminate aid. Students receive
written notification of the decision
regarding appeal.

If the appeal for continuation of
financial aid is denied, the student
can regain eligibility for financial
aid by attending at her own expense
and accumulating the hours and/or
raising her cumulative GPA to the
level required to regain good
standing.

If a student is dismissed or with-
draws from the College while
ineligible for financial aid for failure
to make satisfactory academic
progress, she can request a reinstate-
ment of aid eligibility upon readmis-
sion to the College by sending a
written request to the director of
financial aid. If circumstances war-
rant it, the financial aid may be
reinstated. Students receive written
notification of this decision.

Students who wish to appeal the
termination of their merit-based
scholarships may appeal to the
director in writing. Students receive
a written response regarding the
decision on the appeal.

Other Financing
Options

The College offers several other
options for financing an Agnes
Scott education. These programs are
designed to help a student's family
manage their resources in ways
which will enable them to make
their expected contribution toward
college costs. Detailed information on
these programs is available in the
Fiiviricial Aid Office.

1995-1997 Catalog

Parent Loan Plan. The Agnes
Scott Parent Loan Plan is funded by
the College for families who wish to
obtain loans ranging from annual
amounts of $1,000 to $7,500 at a
low interest rate. Repayment is
made monthly over an extended
period. Contact the Agnes Scott
College Financial Aid Office for
further information.

Federal Parent Loan for Under-
graduate Students (PLUS). The

Federal Loan Program enables par-
ents of enrolled students to make
federally insured loans at a low
interest rate through banks, credit
unions, savings and loans. Parents
may borrow a maximum of the cost
of education less other financial
assistance.

Extended Repayment Plan. The

Extended Repayment Plan is a long-
term loan program for parents who
wish to spread college costs over a
longer period of time up to ten
years.

Agnes Scott College Ten-Month
Payment Plan. For parents of
dependent students and for inde-
pendent students who wish to meet
educational expenses without
borrowing, the Agnes Scott
Payment Plan divides college costs
into ten interest-free monthly
payments. For renewal, an applica-
tion, with fee, must be filed
annually.

Return to College
Students

Financial assistance is available
for full- or part-time study to

women pursuing their first
bachelor's degree who demonstrate
financial eligibility or who are eli-
gible for the Middle Income Assis-
tance Grant. For most financial aid
programs, recipients must enroll
each semester for a minimum of six
semester hours of credit. Financial
aid awards for Return to College
students usually consist of grant and
loan funds.

Return to College applicants
who wish to apply for financial
assistance should file their aid appli-
cations at least two months prior to
the beginning of the semester for
which they plan to enroll. (See
previous information for details.)

Loan assistance is available to
degree seeking students who already
have a bachelor's degree and to
post-baccalaureate students enrolled
in a course of study required for
teacher certification or for entrance
into graduate school.

International Students

A limited amount of financial
aid based on need is available for
international students. Interna-
tional students may obtain both the
CSS Declaration and Certification
of Finances and the Financial Aid
Application for Students in Foreign
Countries from the Office of
Admission.

International students must be
able to provide their own transpor-
tation, vacation and summer
expenses and health insurance.

March 1 is the deadline for
receipt of all admission and finan-
cial aid documents from interna-
tional students interested in aid.

15

Outside the Classroom

A t Agnes Scott College the
/ \ entire community works
Jl, \^ together to help incom-
ing students successfully begin their
college careers. The orientation
process begins before a new student
arrives on campus and continues
throughout her first year. Struc-
tured programs include faculty
advising, course selection and
placement tests, as well as formal
introductions to campus student
organizations.

New students also get to know
Agnes Scott through personal, less
formal programs. For example, each
in-coming student is assigned an
upper class student as a "big sister."
This big sister contacts the new
student during the summer before
her first semester and continues the
special relationship through that
student's first year at Agnes Scott.
We also encourage social involve-
ment through activities such as
weekend events in the Atlanta
area, on-campus parties with stu-
dents from other colleges and
Agnes Scott student participation
in events on other Atlanta cam-
puses.

International students, minority
students, transfer students and
Return to College students are
offered additional orientation pro-
grams tailored to their needs. All
students are welcomed and encour-
aged to become vital members of
the campus community.

living
/Kryangevdtnis

Our residence halls are almost
entirely self-governing. A senior
resident and a resident director are
assigned to each hall as needed.
These residential staff members are
supervised by the associate dean of
students. Tht Stiuient Handbook,
given to each student on arrival,
explains all campus regulations.

All of our rooms cost the same.
Except for Return to College stu-
dents, all full-time students must
live in a College residence hall or
with parents or other relatives.
Any student who wishes to change
her residency status must have the
permission of the dean of students.

In the event that a student's
conduct indicates that she is not in
sympathy with the ideals and stan-
dards of the College's residence life
policies or is not mature enough to
reside on campus, the dean of stu-
dents may terminate the student's
resident status.

Activities

The majority of student activi-
ties are held in the Wallace
McPherson Alston Campus Cen-
ter. This two-building facility was
designed to meet a variety of needs.
The Alston Center has student
lounges, a snack bar, three racquet-
ball courts, a studio dance area and

the chapel. The Alston Annex
houses student government offices
and a faculty lounge. The assistant
dean of students/director of student
activities plans social, cultural,
intellectual and recreational
activities for students.

Student
Government

Agnes Scott is a community
that values open communication
among faculty, students and admin-
istrators. The Student Government
Association acts as a formal liaison
between the students and the ad-
ministration. Through this associa-
tion, students are, to a large extent,
self-governing as they assume re-
sponsibility for many policies and
regulations. The Student Handbook
includes more information about
student government.

Health
Services

Student Health Services are
provided on campus under the
direction of a nationally certified
nurse practitioner working with
physician consultants in internal
medicine, gynecology and
psychiatry. Services include evalua-
tion and treatment of common
health problems, health education
and counseling. When necessary,
the professional staff can refer
students with specific health prob-

16

Agnes Scott College

Outside the Classroom

lems to the medical director or to
other specialists for evaluation and
treatment. The student health
program stresses prevention of
illness, promotes self-care and
encourages positive health prac-
tices. Off-campus psychiatric coun-
seling services are available upon
request.

Special health education and
screening programs are offered
throughout the year. Reference
materials on health issues are
located in the Student Health
Center.

Resident students are eligible for
all services provided by the Stu-
dent Health Center. The residence
fee entitles the boarding student to
an evaluation and treatment of
health problems by the nurse prac-
titioner or referral to the appropri-
ate medical resource. Faculty, staff
and non-resident students may
receive first aid for minor injuries,
limited health screening, health
information and referral upon
request but are not eligible for
other services from the Health
Center.

Students with serious illness or
accident victims will be referred to
the appropriate medical facility. The
College reserves the right, if parents
or guardians cannot be reached, to
make decisions concerning emer-
gency health problems for any stu-
dent who is a minor.

students with the College counse-
lor and the College chaplain. In
general, therapy sessions last 45
minutes and are limited to short-
term treatment of one semester or
the equivalent in weeks. Psychiat-
ric or long-term therapy is avail-
able off campus by referral and
includes a free evaluation.

Both individual and group
counseling sessions are provided for
personal issues such as family prob-
lems, homesickness, conflicts in
relationships, grief, anxiety, depres-
sion, self-esteem and support.
Workshops are offered on a regular
basis for a variety of issues includ-
ing time management, study skills,
test anxiety and stress reduction.
Students are encouraged to take
advantage of the opportunity to
explore their personal growth
through counseling services.

College
Chaplain

Counseling

Confidential counseling services
are available for all Agnes Scott

The chaplain coordinates Agnes
Scott's religious activities, offering
opportunities for worship, reflec-
tion, service and community-
building.

On-campus worship includes
Sunday evening vespers, weekly
morning prayer, services in celebra-
tion of special campus events, as
well as services offered by visiting
clergy from a variety of religious
traditions. Serving as a liaison
between the broader religious com-
munity and the College, the chap-
lain encourages students to become

involved in the worship of a local
congregation and provides infor-
mation about the many churches
and synagogues in the Decatur and
Atlanta areas.

Contexts for reflection on the
relationship between faith and
learning, as well as on personal and
societal issues, are provided
through speakers, group discus-
sions, support groups and personal
counseling. In consort with the
assistant dean of students/director
of student activities, the chaplain's
office offers opportuni-ties for
faithful service to the larger com-
munity by dealing with such issues
as homelessness and housing, lit-
eracy, the environment, health,
poverty and battered women.

In these ways and as advisor to
the Religious Life Council, the
chaplain facilitates the building of
positive community life grounded
in the traditions of faith.

Career
Planning

The Office of Career Planning
and Counseling helps students
make well-informed decisions
about career and life-style options.
Staff members encourage students
to appreciate career development
as a lifelong process that only be-
gins at Agnes Scott.

The office provides individual
counseling; selt-assessment aids
(including SlGl Plus, the Strong
Campbell Interest Inventory and
the Myers-Briggs Type Inventory);
an extensive career library;

1995-1997 Catalog

17

Outside the Classroom

seminars about specific careers
and career-related issues; and job
search workshops on topics such as
resume writing and interviewing
techniques.

The Shadow, Extern and Intern
Programs provide students with
access to advisors and role models
in different career fields.

Through the Shadow Program,
students spend an afternoon or an
entire day talking with and observ-
ing local sponsors in careers of
interest to the students.

The Extern Program enables
students to perform some on-the-
job activities during an entire work
week spent with sponsors and their
colleagues.

The Intern Program provides
summer and semester placement,
which gives students on-the-job
experience in many fields such as
business, social service, journalism
and the arts. Internships may be
paid or unpaid and for credit or
non-credit. For more information
about credit internships, see page 36.

The office assists students in
locating permanent, summer and
part-time work. The career library
contains books and magazines
related to career choices, company
information, as well as part-time
and full-time job listings. Mock
interviews are conducted to help
students develop interview skills.
A career forum with representa-
tives from a variety of companies
and institutions is held annually

The Athletic Program

A gnes Scott College has a
/ \ tradition of recognizing
JL jL. that physical activity is
an essential component of the
total growth and education of
women. Physical education is
required of all students in the
academic program, not only for
physical well-being, but to
develop lifetime activities for
fitness and recreation.

Through the Robert W.
Woodruff Physical Activities
Building with its basketball
courts, 25-meter swimming
pool, weight room and training
room, the Gellerstedt track and
field, six tennis courts, as well
as the dance studio and rac-
quetball courts in the Alston

Campus Center, Agnes Scott
has made a commitment to
provide quality opportunities
for physical activities and ath-
letics equivalent to that of its
academic programs.

Agnes Scott offers a competi-
tive intercollegiate sports pro-
gram in five varsity sports: bas-
ketball, cross country, soccer,
tennis and volleyball. As a Divi-
sion III member of the National
Collegiate Athletic Association,
intercollegiate athletics at
Agnes Scott challenge students
to reach their full potential.

Dance is also available
through performing groups such
as Studio Dance Theatre.

with a consortium of Georgia
colleges.

During the spring semester,
employers visit the campus and
conduct interviews. Some employ-
ers also participate in our Resume
Recruitment Program by receiving
resumes of upcoming graduates.

Multicultural Affairs

The advisor for Multicultural
Affairs is responsible for assisting

multicultural students as they strive
to achieve their educational goals.
The promotion and enhancement
of the campus community's under-
standing and appreciation of
diverse cultures and heritages is
central to the mission of the
College. The movement from
tolerance to awareness and under-
standing and ultimately celebration
of differences is achieved through
training, leadership development
and programming.

18

Agnes Scott College

Return to College

A gnes Scott College is
/ \ committed to assisting
JL JL women beyond tradi-
tional college age to pursue their
educational objectives in a pro-
gram suited to their individual
needs. Students in the Return to
College Program enroll in regular
college courses and meet the
same degree requirements as the
other undergraduates.

Most women who enroll in
Agnes Scott through the Return
to College Program plan to earn
the bachelor of arts degree. Oth-
ers pursue programs of study for
personal enrichment, to learn
more in a particular field or to
prepare for graduate study in
fields such as medicine, law or
theology. Each student's program
of study is carefully planned and
reviewed on an individual basis.

Students in the Return to
College Program vary greatly in
age, background, marital circum-
stances, socio-economic status
and in the degree to which they
participate in campus life. How-
ever, all enter with a strong desire
to succeed, in spite of the de-
mands of complex personal lives
and they enrich the College com-
munity with their energy, enthu-
siasm and personal views.

AdiVrdssion

The College accepts applica-
tions for fall or spring semester.
Applicants should submit:
%^ The Return to College appli-
cation, including a personal essay

J 995- 1 997 Catalog

and the $35 application fee;
l/ Two letters of recommenda-
tion; and

l/ Official transcripts of previous
high school and college work,
sent directly from the institutions
attended. As soon as all of the
application materials are re-
ceived, the Office of Admission
will contact the applicant to
arrange a campus interview. The
Scholastic Assessment Test
(SAT) is not required for admis-
sion; however, students who have
taken this test within the last five
years are encouraged to submit
their scores.

Since students in the program
typically have been out of school
for several years, the College
considers a woman's personal
history as well as her academic
record to determine her potential
for success. Factors such as em-
ployment outside the home, com-
munity service, self-study and
personal motivation are carefully
reviewed in the admission pro-
cess. Students who are on proba-
tion or have been dismissed will
not be admitted to Agnes Scott
College.

Applications should be filed
with the Office of Admission as
early as possible, but no later
than one month before the begin-
ning of a semester. Applicants
seeking financial aid must apply
at least two months in advance of
the semester in which they plan
to enroll.

New Return to College stu-
dents pay a $150 enrollment fee

by May 1. This fee is non-refund-
able after May 1.

Financial Aid

Assistance is available for fuU-
or part-time study to women who
demonstrate financial need and
have no bachelor's degree. All
financial aid awards for Return to
College students consist of grant
and loan funds provided chiefly
through the Irene K. Woodruff
Scholarship Fund. For most forms
of financial aid, students must
enroll each semester for a mini-
mum of 6 semester-hours of
credit.

For more details, see
FINANCIAL AID (|). 12).

Health Record

The College requires a com-
pleted Entrance Health Record to
be on file at the Student Health
Service before a student attends
classes. Health record forms are
sent to students after admission.

Students with
Previous Academic
Experience

Students in the Return to
College program with credits
earned at other institutions will
be subject to the same regulations
as other transfer students with
the exception of the minimum
course load.

19

Return to College

Evaluation of
Transfer Credit

Evaluation of transfer credit
may require that course descrip-
tions from catalogs from all col-
leges previously attended be sub-
mitted to the director of academic
advising upon enrollment. Please
contact the registrar of your pre-
vious college or colleges for assis-
tance in obtaining catalog course
descriptions.

Academic credit earned at
other institutions which meets
College standards is applied to-
ward the Agnes Scott degree
upon classification. See "Transfer
Credit" (p- 3 J). No more than 64
semester hours (60 plus 4 for
physical education) of transfer
credit will be counted toward the
1 24 semester hours required for
the Agnes Scott degree. A stu-
dent must earn a minimum of
60 hours in Agnes Scott aca-
demic courses toward the 124
hours required for the Agnes
Scott degree.

Time Limits for
Completion of the
Degree

Time limits for completion of
the degree are:

Eight years after enrollment if
classified as a first-year stu-
dent.

Six years after enrollment if
classified as a sophomore.

Four years after enrollment if
classified as a junior or a
senior.

Students with
No Academic
Experience

Students who enroll with no
previous academic experience
will be classified as first-year
students and will have a limit of
eight years to complete the
degree.

Non-degree
Candidates

Students enrolled in the
Return to College Program but
who do not intend to obtain a
degree may earn a maximum of
24 semester hours of credit. Non-
degree candidates will not be
classified.

The dean of the college may
make exceptions to any of the
above.

Interviews and Visits

Women considering the
Return to College Program are
encouraged to visit the campus.
Arrangements to attend classes
may be made through the Office
of Admission. An interview is
required of all applicants for
admission.

Admission advisors welcome
the opportunity to meet with
prospective students to answer
questions about the program or to
discuss transcripts of previous
college work.

20

Agnes Scott College

The Academic Program

Intellectual independence,
academic excellence and
informed choice are the basis of
the academic program at Agnes
Scott. Each student is responsible
for her course of study within the
parameters of academic excellence
set by the College's Specific, Distri-
butional and Depth Standards.

Agnes Scott College is a commu-
nity of individuals. Faculty members
are teacher-scholars devoted to the
well-being of their students. Resi-
dence hall assistants and big sisters
represent a student body that cares
for each of its members. Students
should not hesitate to seek advice
from any of the members of the
Agnes Scott community.

Advising

Upon entering Agnes Scott
College, each student is assigned an
academic advisor by the director of
academic advising. This advisor is a
faculty member who will be able to
meet with the student on an indi-
vidual basis to assist her in making
informed choices about her aca-
demic career and will remain the
student's advisor until she selects a
major, usually at the end of the
sophomore year.

The faculty advisor must sign the
student's course card and any forms
to add or drop courses. This action
signifies that the student has con-
sulted her faculty advisor about her
decision; however, the student is
responsible for her own choices and
her own academic program.

Requirements
For the Degree

Agnes Scott College confers the
degree of Bachelor of Arts. To
qualify for the degree, each student
must complete successfully 1 24
semester hours of credit, including
no more than four semester hours of
physical education and no more
than ten semester hours of intern-
ship credit, with a cumulative qual-
ity-point ratio of 2.00 (C average);
satisfy the Specific, Distributional
and Depth Standards; and satisfy
the Residence Requirement.

Specific and
Distributional Standards

The academic program at Agnes
Scott encourages informed choice
within the parameters of academic
excellence. The Specific Standards
ensure a student's competence in
specific skills. The Distributional
Standards introduce a student to the
ways of thinking and subject matter
of broad areas of human inquiry. A
student satisfies these standards by
completing courses designated in
the respective areas.

Because a liberal education in-
cludes an appreciation of diverse
cultures, the faculty encourages
students to take courses that study
women, non-Western cultures and
racial and ethnic minorities in the
United States. (Approved by the
faculty 12-7-90.)

Specific Standards

Unless exempted, a student must
satisfy these standards:

( 1 ) English composition and read-
ing: two semester courses taken
while a student is classified as a
first-year student

(2) Foreign language: intermediate
level

(3) Physical education: four semes-
ter courses, two of which must be
taken while a student is classified
as a first-year student.

Distributional Standards

Unless exempted, a student must
satisfy these standards:

(1) HUMANITIES AND FINE
ARTS

(a) Literature: one semester
course in the language of its
composition

(b) Religious and Philosophical
Thought: one semester
course

(c) Historical Studies and
Classical Civilization: one
semester course

(d) Fine Arts: one semester
course

(2) NATURAL SCIENCE AND
MATHEMATICS

(a) Mathematics: one semester
course

(b) Natural science: one
semester course that
includes a laboratory section

(3) SOCIAL SCIENCES
One semester course

1995-1997 Catalog

21

The Academic Prosram

Restrictions

Several restrictions apply to
Specific and/or Distributional
Standards.

The term one semester course
means a course of at least 3 se-
mester hours.

Credit received in satisfying
Specific Standards cannot apply
to Distributional Standards.

Credit received in satisfying
Distributional Standards cannot
apply to Specific Standards.

Courses taken to satisfy the Spe-
cific and Distributional Stan-
dards cannot be taken on a pass/
fail basis.

No more than one Specific or
Distributional Standard may be
satisfied by transfer credit after a
student has been admitted. See
"Transfer Credit" (p. 31).

No course may be used by a stu-
dent to satisfy more than one
Distributional Standard.

No more than one Distributional
Standard can be satisfied in one
department (except for courses in
Creative Writing and Philosophy
220); cross-listed courses count in
the distributional area of the
department in which the faculty
member teaching the course is
appointed.

Physical education courses
beyond the four required repre-
sent credit beyond the 124 se-
mester hours required for the
degree.

Satisfying Specific and

Distributional Standards

by Courses

The following Agnes Scott

courses (or their equivalents) satisfy
the Specific Standards. Exceptions
are considered individually.

Two semester courses in English
composition and reading, taken
while a student is classified as a
first-year student. English 101
and 102 or 103 and 104.

The intermediate level of a for-
eign language: French 202; Ger-
man 202; Greek or Latin, two
semesters at the 200 level;
Japanese 202; Spanish 202.

Four semester courses in physical
education, two of which must be
taken while a student is classified
as a first-year student.

Any course in the physical edu-
cation program, one of which
must be in fitness. The fitness
courses are: 102, 103, 105, 106,
109.

The following Agnes Scott
courses (or their equivalents) satisfy
the Distributional Standards. Ex-
ceptions are considered individually.
(1) HUMANITIES AND FINE
ARTS

(a) Literature: one semester
course in the language of its
composition.

English: any course under the
"Literature" heading of the
Department of English except
230, 309 and 323.
French: 235 or any more
advanced literature course.
German: 222 or any more
advanced literature course.
Greek: any 200- or 300-level
course except 360.
Latin: 204 or any course
above this level except 360.
Spanish: 223 or any more
advanced literature course.

(b) Religious and Philosophical

22

Thought: one semester
course.

Religious Studies: any
course.

Philosophy: any course, ex-
cept 220.

(c) Historical Studies and Clas-
sical Civilization: one semes-
ter course.

History: any course.
Classical Languages and
Literatures: any course under
the "Classical Courses in
English" heading of the de-
partment.

(d) Fine Arts: one semester
course.

Art: History and Theory
any course; Studio Art 161
or 162.

Creative Writing: English
201,202, 203 (Theatre 203),
341,342, 344 (Theatre 344).
Music: any course except
applied music.
Theatre: any course except
117.
(2) NATURAL SCIENCE AND
MATHEMATICS

(a) Mathematics: any course
except 115 and 150
PhUosophy: 220.

(b) Natural Science: one semes-
ter course that includes a
laboratory section.
Astronomy: 120 or any
course (with a laboratory
section) for which the student
qualifies.

Biology: 108, 110, 120 or any

course (with a laboratory

section) for which the student

qualifies.

Chemistry: 101 and 101 Lor

any course (with a laboratory

section) for which the student

Agnes Scott College

The Academic Pro-am

qualifies.

Physics: 1 10 or any course
(with a laboratory section) for
which the student qualifies
except 102 and 103.
(3) SOCIAL SCIENCES

One semester course.

Anthropology: 101 or any course
for which the student quali-
fies.

Economics: 104, 105 or any
course for which the student
qualifies except 210,211,212,
213 and 217.

Political Science: any course
except 301 or 302.

Psychology: 121 or any course
for which the student quali-
fies.

Sociology: 101 or any course for
which the student qualifies.

Courses taken under The University
Center Cross Registration Program
may he used to satisfy one Specific or
Distributional Standard. See "Transfer
Credit" (p. 31). The student must
have the approval of the Agnes Scott
department concerned and the director
of academic advising.

Satisfying the Specific

and Distributional

Standards by Exemption

A student exempted from a
Standard does not always receive
credit toward her degree. However,
the basis for the exemption may also
be the basis for credit. See
"Advanced Placement Credit"
underADMISSION{p. 9).
Inquiries about exemption should
be made to the dean or director of
academic advising.

1995-1997 Catalog

Depth Standards

The Depth Standards develop a
student's command of a particular
subject matter by her completion of
a major. Besides standing disciplin-
ary and interdisciplinary majors,
Agnes Scott offers student-designed
interdisciplinary majors. A major is:

a) a minimum of 30 semester hours
within one discipline, exclusive
of required courses outside the
discipline and exclusive of in-
ternships. In interdisciplinary
programs, the minimum hours
are specified in the programs'
descriptions. A course may be
counted toward the minimum
hours required for a major in
only one major;

b) a maximum of 48 semester hours
within one discipline, exclusive
of required courses outside the
discipline but inclusive of intern-
ships. In interdisciplinary pro-
grams, the maximum hours are
specified in the programs' de-
scriptions. Any hours beyond the
maximum must represent work
beyond the 124 semester hours
required for the degree.

Credit received in satisfying
Specific and Distributional Stand-
ards may apply to Depth Standards.
A student should consult her major
advisor on this matter.

A student usually selects a major
during the second semester of her
sophomore year. Information on
majors is provided under the depart-
mental and program listings in this
catalog. First-year and sophomore
students should review the require-
ments of majors they are consider-
ing in order to determine if any
courses must be taken during the

first and second years.

NX/hen considering a major, stu-
dents should talk with the chair or
director of the program. They
should also seek the advice of other
members of that discipline and of
their faculty advisors.

Minors

A student may elect a minor field of
study in addition to her major. Mi-
nors are only available as specifi-
cally described under certain depart-
ments and programs in this catalog.
The following policies apply to
minors:

1 ) Students may complete no more
than two majors or one major
and one minor.

2 ) Courses taken to complete a
major may not be used to com-
plete a minor and conversely.

3) Credit received in satisfying
specific and distributional stan-
dards may apply to a minor. A
student should consult the chair
of her minor program on this
matter.

4) The pass/fail option is not avail-
able for courses taken to satisfy
the minor.

5) Usually no more than one semes-
ter course of summer school work
may apply to requirements for
the minor if approved by the
chair of the minor program.

6) Cross-registration courses at
member institutions of the Uni-
versity Center may satisfy re-
quirements for the minor if
approved by the chair of the
minor program.

7) No credits from internships may
be used to satisfy the minimum
hours/ courses for the minor,

23

The Academic Prosram

unless a credit internship is spe-
cifically permitted within the
requirements for the minor.

The Residence
Reqidrement

The junior and senior years or
three of the four years including the
senior year, are to be completed at
Agnes Scott. All students must earn
a minimum of 60 semester hours in
Agnes Scott College academic
courses toward the 1 24 hours re-
quired for the degree. Under special
circumstances, a student who has
completed three years at Agnes Scott
or two years including a year at the
upperdivision level, may take her
senior year at another institution. A
request for exception to the resi-
dence requirement must be filed with
the director of academic advising by
the beginning of the spring semester
of the preceding session. Permisson
may then be granted by the dean of
the college on the recommendation
of the chair of the major program
and the director of academic
advising.

Courses, Grades and
Examinauans

Courses

The College operates on a vari-
able credit-hour, early-semester
calendar. The unit of credit is the
semester hour. Courses carry from
1 to 5 semester-hours credit. Usually
1 credit hour is granted for each
contact hour. Laboratories are usually
3 contact hours and carry
1 credit hour. Semester courses in

24

physical education carry 1 semester
hour credit.

All courses are semester courses,
i.e., courses which begin and end
within a semester, with final grades
at the end of the semester. Credit is
given upon successful completion of
each semester course.

Course Numbering

Courses are numbered according
to level of difficulty as follows:

100s - introduce a discipline

200s - intermediate, though they

may introduce students to an area
or aspect of a discipline

300s and 400s - advanced;

Students should consult their
instructors or faculty advisors to
determine the appropriate course
levels.

Course Loads

The usual course load is 15 semes-
ter hours. The minimum course load
is 12 semester hours (exclusive of
physical education); the maximum is
18 semester hours (exclusive of
physical education). Courses taken
under cross-registration are included
in a student's course load.

Unclassified students and students
in the Return to College Program are
not subject to the minimum course
load limitation.

Requests for Hours in
Excess of 18

Students with a minimum overall
grade point average of 3.00 may take
a maximum course load of 21 hours.
Students participating in the profes-
sional semester in the Early Child-

hood Education program are exempt
from this regulation. Students re-
questing 19 academic hours may
request permission from the director
of academic advising.

Grades

Grades are officially recorded as
follows: A, excellent; B, good;
C, average; D, passing; E, conditional
failure with the privilege of re-exami-
nation; F, failure; I, incomplete; W,
withdrew; MED, medical with-
drawal. Grades for courses taken on a
pass/fail basis are recorded as P or F
(see exception under Pass/Fail op-
tion).

Except for courses taken on a
pass/fail basis, grades are assigned the
following quality points: A = 4 qual-
ity points per semester hour,
B = 3, C = 2, D = 1, F = 0. Grades of
1, P, E and W are excluded from the
calculation of grade point averages.
Grades in physical education courses
are also excluded from the calcula-
tion of grade point averages. Only
grades for courses taken at Agnes
Scott are factored into a student's
grade point average.

Grade reports are sent to students
at the end of each semester.

The Pass/Fail Option

This option is included in the
academic program to encourage
students to elect courses they other-
wise might have not selected. Juniors
and seniors may choose a total of two
courses on a pass/fail basis. Forms for
this request are in the registrar's
office. They must be completed by
ten calendar days after the mid-
semester break. This deadline will

Agnes Scott College

The Academic Program

not be extended if the student has
not received a grade by this date.

A student may not elect a course
on a regular credit basis if she first
elected it on a pass/fail basis.

The pass/fail option is not avail-
able for courses taken to satisfy Spe-
cific and Distributional Standards;
courses taken to satisfy Depth Stan-
dards (any courses in the major),
including required courses outside
the discipline; courses taken for a
minor; certain courses in the teacher
education program.

If a student receives a grade of A
in a pass/fail course, the grade will be
recorded on her transcript and aver-
aged into her quality-point ratio.
However, the credits will still be
counted toward her total allowed for
pass/fail hours.

All grades for internships are
recorded on a pass/fail basis. These
hours are in addition to the two
courses allowed for pass/fail. Intern-
ships are an exception to the policy
prohibiting courses taken to satisfy
Depth Standards from being pass/fail.

Registering for Courses

All students must register for
classes on the dates announced in
the College Calendar. There is a $10
fee for late registration. No student is
allowed to register after the tenth
calendar day of the semester. If a
student is not properly registered for
a course, she will not receive credit
for the course.

Adding Courses

No new course may be added
after the tenth calendar day of the
semester.

1995-1997 Catalog

Withdrawing from Courses

The last day to withdraw from a
course without a grade of W is five
weeks after the first day of classes. In
this case, the course will not be on
the student's record. The last day to
withdraw from a class with
a W is ten calendar days after the
mid-semester break. No course may
be dropped after this date.

In cases of medical emergency, a
student may withdraw from a course
with the designation MED (medical
withdrawal), which will appear on
her record. Medical withdrawals are
authorized by the director of aca-
demic advising or the dean of stu-
dents only when a medical emer-
gency is described and certified in
writing by a licensed physician or
psychologist.

Students in Independent Study
(490) are covered by the withdrawal
procedures of the Independent Study
program.

Hours dropped after the tenth
calendar day of the semester will be
included in the computation of the
student's duration of financial aid
eligibility. See FINANCIAL AID for
detailed information (p. 12).

Auditing Courses

Students may audit courses with
written permission from the director
of academic advising and the
approval of the instructor. Students
are subject to any restrictions or
requirements the instructor may wish
to impose. Audited courses do not
appear on a student's record.

The student's academic record
and course load are factors consid-
ered in granting permission to audit.

No student will be given pemiission
to audit after the tenth calendar day
of the semester. A student may not
take for credit a course she has au-
dited earlier.

Repeating Courses

With a Grade of D

Students may not repeat Agnes
Scott courses for which she has re-
ceived grades of A, B, C, D or P.
Under unusual circumstances and
the following conditions, a student
may repeat a course for which she
has received a D:

1 ) She must obtain the written
approval of the chair of the pro-
gram involved and the approval
of the director of academic advis-
ing for permission to repeat the
course.

2) If a student withdraws from a
repeated course, the original
grade will stand in the Quality
Point Ratio and on the transcript
and she cannot exercise this
option again.

The final grade for a course re-
peated with this special permission
will be substituted in the calculation
of the quality-point ratio, even if it is
an F, but both grades will appear on
the transcript. Repeated courses may
not be taken pass/fail.

Class Attendance

The effectiveness of instruction at
Agnes Scott is directly related to
regular class attendance. Attendance
policies are set by instructors and
individual departments.

Attendance at all academic ap-
pointments is required of students
on Academic Probation and of first-

25

The Academic Program

year students during their first se-
mester. These students are permit-
ted one unexcused absence in each
class during the semester.

The responsibihty for work
missed is entirely that of the indi-
vidual student.

Tests

Tests are announced at least a
week in advance. Attendance at
these tests is mandatory. No student
is required to take more than two
tests on one day provided she noti-
fies the instructor at the time the
third test is announced. If a student,
because of unavoidable circum-
stances, cannot take a test at the
appropriate time, permission to take
the test at another time may be
granted by the instructor of that

Completion of Semester
Courses

All work for a semester course,
except final examinations and pa-
pers in lieu of final examinations,
must be completed by 9 a.m. of the
second reading day of the semester.
Instructors may require work other
than final examinations to be com-
pleted earlier.

In certain cases, the director of
academic advising or the dean of
students may authorize a grade of
Incomplete (I) in consultation with
the instructor. An I will be given
only if the student is receiving a
passing grade for the course work
completed. Work must be com-
pleted for the course no later than
March 1 5 (for fall semester
incompletes) or September 15 (for

spring semester incompletes). If
work is not completed by that time,
the I automatically becomes an F.

Final Examinations

Final examinations are given at
the end of each semester. Except for
a few final exams scheduled in ad-
vance (because of the nature of the
course or the size of the class), stu-
dents schedule exams during the
College's final examination period.
If a student is unable to complete
final examinations during the
College's final examination period
due to illness or other excused
cause, she may take those final
examinations at a time specified by
the director of academic advising. A
notation ot "I" (Incomplete) will
appear on the student's record until
a permanent grade has been re-
corded. Incompletes may be granted
only by the director of academic
advising or the dean of students.

Re-examinations

Re-examinations given in cases
of conditional failure (grades of E)
must be taken during the first week
of the semester after failure. In this
case, the final grade can be no
higher than D.

Policy for Disputed Final
Grades

When a student has substantial
grounds to dispute a final grade and
is prepared to present evidence to
support a grievance, she must ini-
tiate the procedure by voicing her
complaint to the instructor. If the
matter is not resolved at this level.

the student may then take the mat-
ter to the chair of the department
for mediation. If the matter is still
not resolved, she may then refer the
matter to the dean of the college for
further mediation. If the dean is
unable to resolve the dispute, the
student must then refer the matter
in writing to the committee on
academic standards and admission
no later than thirty (30) days after
the beginning of the next semester.
The committee's decision shall be
final.

Implementation:

1 ) The voting student member of
the academic standards and
admission committee shall par-
ticipate fully in the final decision
provided that the student
involved in the dispute waives
her right to confidentiality.
Should the student involved in
the dispute be the student mem-
ber of the committee, the vice-
president of the student govern-
ment association shall serve in
her place in this specific case.

2) Should a member of the aca-
demic standards and admission
committee he the faculty mem-
ber involved in the dispute, that
faculty member shall not be
involved in the committee's
deliberations and shall not have
a vote. The chair of the faculty
executive committee shall serve
in his/her place.

Confidentiality of Student
Records

The Family Rights and Privacy
Act of 1974 (also called the
Buckley Amendment) protects the

26

Agnes Scott College

The Academic Program , Academic Honors

privacy of educational records,
establishes students' rights to
inspect and review their records
and provides ways to correct
inaccurate and misleading data.
Agnes Scott College makes every
effort to comply fully with this
legislation.

Certain information is consid-
ered public and the College
releases this information at its
discretion. Unless a student files
written notification to withhold
disclosure, the College will release

announcements of graduation
honors and awards and will verify
dates of attendance and conferral
of degrees. Names, addresses and
other directory information will be
released for internal use and in the
College directory.

The College releases transcripts
of academic records and statements
of academic status to third parties
only with the student's written
authorization. Parents who have
filed a written request with the
registrar certifying that their

daughters are dependents (accord-
ing to section 152 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1952) also
receive this information.

A student or her parent has the
right to challenge any content of
the student's educational record
considered to be inaccurate, mis-
leading or in violation of the
student's privacy or other rights.
Such a challenge may be directed
to the registrar of the College and,
finally, to the United States
Department of Education.

Academic Honors

Graduation
With Honor

A student is eligible to graduate
with Honor if she:

1) Attains a minimum cumulative
grade point average of 3.40 for
all work completed at Agnes
Scott.

2) Attains a minimum cumulative
grade point average of 3.40 for
the semesters that include her
last 60 academic hours com-
pleted in residence at Agnes
Scott. Grade point averages are
based on all academic work of a
semester.

3) Has received neither a final
grade below a C nor a WF in an
academic course during the
period defined in (2) as her last
60 hours.

4) Receives the recommendation
of her major program. When the
student has more than one ma-

jor, she shall receive the recom-
mendation of either one of her
major programs, except that if
she has done independent study,
she must receive the recommen-
dation of the program in which
she has done independent study.
In the case of an interdiscipli-
nary major, this shall be inter-
preted to mean the recommen-
dation of all programs
concerned in the major. In the
case of a student-designed ma-
jor, the director of academic
advising will determine the
programs concerned in the
major from which the student
must receive recommendations.

Graduation
With High Honor

A student is eligible to graduate
with High Honor if she:
1) Attains a minimum cumulative

grade point average of 3.70 for
all work completed at Agnes
Scott.

2) Attains a minimum cumulative
grade point average of 3.70 for
the semesters that include her
last 60 academic hours com-
pleted in residence at Agnes
Scott. Grade point averages are
based on all academic work of a
semester.

3) Has received neither a final
grade below a C nor a WF in an
academic course during the
period defined in (2) as her last
60 hours.

4) Completes a minimum of 4
credit hours of independent
study.

5) Receives the recommendation
of her major program. When the
student has more than one ma-
jor, she must receive the recom-
mendation of the program in
which she has done indepen-

1995-1997 Catalog

27

Academic Honors

dent study. In the case of an
interdisciplinary major, this
shall be interpreted to mean the
recommendation of all programs
concerned in the major. In the
case of a student-designed ma-
jor, the director of academic
advising will determine the
programs concerned in the
major from which the student
must receive recommendations.

Academic Honors

The Beta of Georgia Chapter of
Phi Beta Kappa was established at
Agnes Scott in 1926. The chapter
holds annual elections according to
criteria and procedures prescribed
by the United Chapters.

The College recognizes superior
academic work in several ways. At
the opening convocation held each
fall, the dean of the college an-
nounces the Stukes Scholars, three
students who rank first academi-
cally in the rising sophomore,
junior and senior classes. The
Stukes Scholars are named on the
basis of the work of the previous
session and overall academic
achievement.

Other honors include the Dana
Scholarship Program, begun in
1970 with a grant from the Charles
A. Dana Foundation. Academic
promise, leadership potential and
financial need are criteria for this
honor.

The Alpha Delta chapter of Eta
Sigma Phi, a national honorary
fraternity of Greek and Latin
students, was organized at Agnes
Scott in 1928. The society encour-
ages classical scholarship and
appreciation of ancient learning,

28

both in the Agnes Scott student
body and in the local high school.
Membership is based on scholar-
ship.

The Agnes Scott chapter of Phi
Sigma Tau was organized in 1979.
The society links philosophy
departments in accredited institu-
tions and students interested in
philosophy. Membership is open to
qualified students who have taken
at least three courses in philosophy.

Psi Chi is the National Honor
Society in Psychology and was
founded for the purpose of "encourag-
ing, stimulating and maintaining
excellence in scholarship and advanc-
ing the science of psychology." A
chapter was established at Agnes
Scott College in 1990. Membership is
open to students who have a B aver-
age in Psychology and rank in the the
top 35% of their college class.

The Kappa Kappa Chapter of Pi
Delta Phi, the National French
Honor Society, was established at
Agnes Scott College in 1990. The
purpose of the Honor Society is to
recognize outstanding scholarships in
the French language and literature.
Membership is open to students who
have taken at least five courses in
French and have been nominated on
the basis of their academic achieve-
ment.

Omicron Delta Epsilon is the
International Economics Honor
Society. The Mu Chapter of the
society was established in 1994 at
Agnes Scott College. Omicron
Delta Epsilon encourages excel-
lence in economics and devotion
on the part of its members as
economists to the advancement of
their science and to the scholarly
effort to make freedom from want

and deprivation a reality for all. All
students in their junior or senior
years who have taken at least 1 2
hours in economics with an aver-
age of B or better are eligible for
election.

Sigma Chi, a Sigma Delta Pi
chapter of the National Spanish
Honor Society, recognizes scholar-
ship in Spanish language and
literature of Spain and Latin
America. Students must have com-
pleted three years of Spanish,
including at least three semester
hours of a course in Hispanic
literature at the 300-level. The
candidate also must have a mini-
mum grade point average of 3.0 on
a 4.0 point scale in all Spanish
courses taken.

Honor List and
Deans Honor List

A student is eligible for the
Honor List at the end of a semester if
she has completed 12 semester hours
in academic courses that semester
with a semester grade point average
of at least 3.3 and no grade below C
in an academic course, including
courses taken under cross-registra-
tion. Cross-registration courses are
not calculated in the grade point
average.

A student is eligible for the
Dean's Honor List at the end of a
semester if she has completed
1 2 semester hours in academic
courses that semester with a semester
grade point average of at least 3.7
and no grade below C in an aca-
demic course, mcluding courses
taken under cross-registration. Cross-
registration courses are not calcu-
lated in the grade point average.

Agnes Scott College

Academic Policies

Classification

A classified student is one who
has been admitted as a candidate
for the Agnes Scott degree.

Students are classified:

First-year students: students
who have earned fewer than 24
semester-hours of academic
credit.

Sophomores: students who have
earned at least 24 semester-
hours of academic credit and a
cumulative grade point average
of at least 1.50.

Juniors: students who have
earned at least 56 semester
hours of academic credit and a
cumulative grade point average
of at least 1.75.

Seniors: students who have
earned at least 88 semester
hours of academic credit and a
cumulative grade point average
of at least 1.91.

Classified students are advised
to complete 25 percent of the se-
mester hours required in academic
courses for the degree during each
academic year. The recommended
semester hours for class standing
are: sophomore, 30; junior, 60;
senior, 90. (These numbers do not
include credit for courses in physi-
cal education.)

The minimum semester hours
for class standing are: sophomore,
24; junior, 56; senior, 88. A student
with less than these minimums is
usually placed on academic proba-
tion. (These numbers do not in-
clude credit for courses in physical
education.)

1995-1997 Catabg

Unclassified students are not
candidates for the degree. An un-
classified student may not be work-
ing toward a degree (special stu-
dent), may be a transient student
earning a degree at another institu-
tion or a secondary school student
in a joint-enrollment program.

Unclassified students may earn a
maximum of 24 semester-hours
credit in academic courses at
Agnes Scott College. Requests for
exception should be directed to the
director of academic advising.

Academic Probation
and Academic
Warning

Academic probation is imposed
by the dean of the college at any
time as a result of unsatisfactory
academic performance. This proba-
tion notifies a student that unless
her academic performance becomes
satisfactory, she may be dismissed.

A student on academic proba-
tion is permitted only one
unexcused absence in each aca-
demic course. Further absences
may result in academic dismissal
during the semester. Students on
academic probation are placed on
activity restriction and may not
hold any elective or appointive
office and may not participate with
any performing group or in any
organized college activities. Addi-
tional restrictions may also be
imposed for students on academic
probation.

National Collegiate Athletic
Association regulations state that

students on academic probation
may not participate in intercolle-
giate sports.

A full-time, classified student
usually is placed on academic pro-
bation at the end of a semester if
she has grades of E or F in two
academic courses; or has achieved
fewer than 9 semester-hours credit
in academic courses; or has a
semester grade point average less
than the minimum for her classifi-
cation: first-year student, 1.50;
sophomore, 1.75; junior, 1.91;
senior, 2.00.

A full-time, classified student
usually is placed on academic pro-
bation at the end of a session if she
has a cumulative grade point aver-
age less than the minimum for her
classification or if she has not
achieved the minimum semester
hours for her classification in the
next session: sophomore, 24; jun-
ior, 56; senior, 88. (These numbers
do not include credit for courses in
physical education.)

A part-time, classified student
usually is placed on academic pro-
bation at the end of a semester if
she has grades of E or F in two
academic courses; passes fewer than
two-thirds of the academic work
for which she registered; has a
semester grade point average less
than the minimum for her classifi-
cation: first-year student, 1 .50;
sophomore, 1.75; junior, 1.91;
senior, 2.00.

An unclassified student usually
is placed on academic probation at
the end of a semester if she has
received grades of E or F in two

29

Academic Policies

academic courses. Unclassified
students whose academic perfor-
mance is considered unsatisfactory
in other ways may also be placed
on academic probation.

The dean of the college may
waive the guidelines for academic
probation if a student has been
forced to reduce her academic
load because of extenuating
circumstances.

A student who usually would be
placed on academic probation may
instead be placed on academic
warning by the dean of the college.
This is done when the dean decides
that mitigating circumstances do
not justify academic probation.
Academic warning may carry some
restrictions. A student on academic
warning may be placed on aca-
demic probation at any time during
a semester. If her academic perfor-
mance is unsatisfactory, she will be
placed on academic probation for
the next semester.

Good Standing

A student is in good standing if
not on academic or disciplinary
probation.

Academic
Dismissal

Academic dismissal requires the
student to separate from the Col-
lege for academic reasons. The
judicial review committee of the
College imposes academic dismissal
for a specific period on recommen-
dation of the dean of the college.

Students given academic dis-
missal usually are eligible to apply
for readmission after one year.

Full-time, classified students are

30

subject to academic dismissal for
failure to earn 18 semester hours of
credit in academic courses in any
academic session or for failure to
achieve appropriate class standing
for two consecutive years or for
extremely poor academic perfor-
mance during the first semester on
academic probation or after being
on academic probation for two
consecutive semesters.

Students may be given academic
dismissal at any time if the judicial
review committee judges their
academic performance to be unsat-
isfactory. Part-time, classified stu-
dents are subject to academic dis-
missal after two consecutive semes-
ters of academic probation.

Unclassified students may con-
tinue their work at the College as
determined by the director of aca-
demic advising.

The judicial review commitee
may waive the guidelines for aca-
demic dismissal if a student has
been forced to reduce her load
because of extenuating circum-
stances.

Disciplinary
Probation,
Suspension and
Dismissal

For violation(s) of social regula-
tions or policies, honor court may
recommend to the judicial review
committee that a student be placed
on disciplinary probation or be
suspended or dismissed. Suspension
is made with a stipulated time of
return when the student is auto-
matically reinstated in good stand-
ing if she so desires. A student who

is dismissed must apply for readmis-
sion. The judicial review commit-
tee may specify a length of time
that a student must wait before she
may apply for readmission.

Administrative
Dismissal

A student whose conduct indi-
cates that she is not in sympathy
with the ideals and standards of the
College or who is not mature
enough for its programs may be
asked to withdraw. In such cases
the judgment of the president,
dean of the college and dean of
students is sufficient and it is not
necessary that specific reasons be
given. In the unusual circum-
stances that any one of the three
officers is absent and cannot be
reached, the remaining two persons
are authorized to make a decision.

The College maintains the right
to enter a student's room for the
purpose of maintenance, fire, safety
and upholding College regulations
and policies.

Judicial Review Committee
Of the College

The judicial review committee
of the College is given the respon-
sibility of:

( 1 ) Reviewing and acting on rec-
ommendations of representative
council, which affect the
powers and philosophy of
student government or which
pertain to major regulations
concerning student welfare;

(2) Acting upon the recommenda-
tion of the dean of the college
that a student who has not met
the academic standards of the

Agnes Scott College

Academic Policies

College be dismissed;

(3) Acting upon the recommenda'
tion of honor court that a stu-
dent be placed on disciplinary
probation or be suspended or
dismissed;

(4) Requiring the withdrawal of
any student whose presence is
thought to be injurious to the
interests of the College commu-
nity; or imposing the penalty of
administrative probation in
situations involving a student's
failure to meet the standards or
expectations of the College
community;

(5) Assuming original jurisdiction
in a student-initiated disciplin-
ary action in which the com-
mittee feels that justice has not
been served.

Members of the

Judicial Review Committee

President of the College (Chair)
Dean of the College
Dean of Students
Registrar

Four members of the faculty
President of the SGA
President of the honor court
President of the Interdormitory
Council

Transfer
Credit

Transfer credit is given for
grades of C or better in courses
taken at accredited colleges and
universities if approved by the
director of academic advising. No
credit is given for courses with pass/
fail or satisfactory/unsatisfactory
grades.

Once a student has been admit-

1995-1997 Catalog

ted to Agnes Scott College, she
may satisfy only one Specific or
Distributional Standard at another
institution. This applies to students
on leave ot absence, students
who have withdrawn and been
readmitted, cross-registration stu-
dents and students attending sum-
mer school.

A student may also transfer,
after admission, a maximum of 20
semester hours of credit to Agnes
Scott from another institution,
including work taken in summer
school, while on leave of absence
or after the student has withdrawn
and before readmission to the Col-
lege. Only 10 of these 20 hours
may be taken while on leave or
leaves of absence. These hourly
restrictions do not apply to stu-
dents on approved study abroad,
Washington Semester, cross-regis-
tration or exchange programs.
Grades for credit earned at another
institution are not factored into a
student's grade point average.

A student must earn a minimum
of 60 hours in Agnes Scott College
academic courses toward the 124
hours required for the Agnes Scott
degree. Academic courses do not
include courses in physical educa-
tion. Grades for transfer credit are
not factored into a student's grade
point average.

Exceptions to the above policies
may be made by the dean of the
college.

Evaluation of
Transfer Credit

Evaluation of transfer credit
may require a course description
from catalogs from all colleges

previously attended to be submit-
ted to the director of academic
advising. Please contact the regis-
trar of your previous college or
colleges for assistance in obtaining
catalog course descriptions.

Summer
School

Credit for approved summer
courses at accredited colleges and
universities may be applicable to
the requirements for the Agnes
Scott degree. No credit is given for
a summer school course if the grade
is less than C. Credit for summer
school courses is not factored into a
student's grade point average.

Students planning to take sum-
mer school courses should consult
the director of academic advising
before enrolling in summer school.
All courses require approval by the
director of academic advising, in
consultation with the appropriate
academic program. Only one Spe-
cific or Distributional Standard
may be satisfied by work in summer
school. Courses to satisfy Depth
Standards must also be approved by
the chair of the student's major
program. Usually no more than two
semester courses of summer school
work may apply to the require-
ments for a major. Usually no more
than one semester course of sum-
mer school work may apply to
requirements for the minor if ap-
proved by the chair of the minor
program.

A maximum of 12 semester
hours will be approved per summer
and no more than 20 semester
hours of summer school work will
be credited toward the 124

31

Academic Policies

semester hours required for the
Agnes Scott degree. See "Transfer
Credit" (p. 31). The dean of the
college may make exceptions.
Hours in Agnes Scott summer
programs are not included in these
limits.

Leave of
Absence

The purpose of a leave of
absence is to allow a student a break
in her studies without having to
withdraw from the College and
apply for readmission.

A leave of absence form should
be submitted to the director of
academic advising for approval by
the end of the course selection
period prior to the semester or
semesters requested. Except under
the most unusual circumstances, no
requests for a leave of absence dur-
ing that semester will be considered
after classes have begun. A leave of
absence may be for one or two
semesters, with a maximum of two
semesters during her college career.
A student may request that the
director of academic advising
extend her leave of absence from
one semester to two semesters.

A student granted a leave of
absence need not apply for readmis-
sion. Within a reasonable time, she
should notify the director of aca-
demic advising of her intent to
return as a student. A student who
does not return within the time
specified for her leave will be con-
sidered to have withdrawn. She
must apply for readmission before

she can return.

A leave of absence may not be
used to attend classes full-time at
another institution. If, for good
reason, a student on leave wishes to
take some course-work at another
college or university, she should first
consult with the director of aca-
demic advising who will serve as
her academic advisor for the dura-
tion of the leave. Except under very
special circumstances, strict limita-
tions apply as to the amount of
academic credit that may be earned
during a leave of absence: six hours
during a one-semester leave and ten
hours during a one-year leave. If
academic credit is attempted, a
student must submit an official
transcript to the College prior to her
return. If a student is not in good
standing at another institution, it
will be necessary for her to apply for
readmission before she can return to
Agnes Scott College.

Exceptions to the above policies
may be made by the dean of the
college.

A student whose leave of
absence is approved must pay a non-
refundable $150 continuation fee
for the leave period. When she
returns to Agnes Scott College, the
fee will be applied toward her
expenses.

Withdrawing
From the College

A student who wishes to with-
draw from the College must obtain
a withdrawal form from the direc-
tor of academic advising or the

dean, associate dean or assistant
dean of students.

Withdrawal is not official until
a withdrawal form has been signed
by one of the deans. Withdrawal
forms will not be signed while
academic or disciplinary actions
involving the student are in pro-
cess. A student may not withdraw
after the last day of classes.

Grades for students whose with-
drawal forms are signed will be
determined on the basis described
in sections "Grades" (p. 24)) and
"Completion of Semester Courses"
(p. 26)) in this catalog.

For the financial aspects of
withdrawal from the College, see
TUITION AND FEES (p. 42).

Readmission

Students who have withdrawn
or been dismissed from Agnes
Scott and wish to return must
submit an application form with
the $35 nonrefundable application
fee. The application is available
from the Admission Office. Stu-
dents must also send transcripts of
college work taken since leaving
Agnes Scott and the recommenda-
tion of an instructor under whom
she did this recent work.

Students who have not pursued
additional study may complete a
short application form, also avail-
able from the Admission Office,
which is reviewed by the dean of
the college and the dean of
students. In such cases, the College
reserves the right to require an
official application for admission.

32

Agnes Scott College

International Opportunities

In a world which is increasingly
global, the opportunity for
students to gain international
perspectives and experience inter-
cultural situations should be a
fundamental component of any
liberal arts education. Such oppor-
tunities are integral to the Agnes
Scott College experience. Through
a variety of programs, Agnes Scott
College students are provided op-
portunities to study in interna-
tional settings, perfect language
skills and gain an understanding of
how developments in other cul-
tures and countries are relevant to
their interests and career choices.

For information on interna-
tional study opportunities, contact
the associate dean of the college.

Global Awareness
Program

Through the Global Awareness
Program, students develop a better
understanding of their own cultural
values as well as an appreciation for
the physical and cultural diversity
of our world. This introductory
level international program offers
to virtually all students, regardless
of academic major or financial
status, the opportunity to experi-
ence a culture different from the
one in which they were raised.
With a focus on non-European
cultures (host countries vary year
to year), students have a year- long
academic study/travel experience
in countries such as Mexico, Rus-
sia, Japan and South Africa under
the guidance and supervision of

1995-1997 Catalog

Agnes Scott College faculty. Dur-
ing the fall semester, students study
the history, culture, geography,
economics and politics of a coun-
try, begin a research project and
develop "survival language" skills.
The spring course begins with a
2-3 week January intersession aca-
demic/travel experience in the
country where students do field
research on their research topic,
keep journals and experience
homestays. Upon return to campus,
the course continues in a six-week
"debriefing" seminar in which
students make cultural compari-
sons, reflect on the study/travel
experience, complete research
projects and share the experience
with the campus and local commu-
nity.

Global Awareness is open to
students in good standing who
have been at Agnes Scott at least
one semester and is particularly
recommended for sophomores as
one of their electives. Entering
students may be admitted with
special permission if space permits.
Students of any major can apply for
the program. Year Five and gradu-
ate students may participate on a
space available basis, but they must
pay the entire cost of the trip
whereas the College heavily subsi-
dizes the cost for undergraduates.
(Students who wish to enroll more
than one time must pay full fees.)
Fees vary depending on destina-
tion. Recent prices to undergradu-
ate students have ranged from
$1 100 to $1500 per person. Appli-
cations for the Global Awareness

Program are approved by the asso-
ciate dean of the college.

See "Global Awareness" course
descriptions (p. 70).

A distinctive aspect of exchange
is possible in those years when the
Global Awareness program features
Japan. As part of the Agnes Scott
College exchange program with
Kinjo Gakuin University in
Nagoya, Japan, the Global Aware-
ness students are hosted by families
from our sister institution in
Nagoya. In return, a select number
of Kinjo Gakuin students study for
one semester at Agnes Scott. There
is also a Faculty Exchange Program
between the colleges.

Global Connections

Global Connections is a new
program through which Agnes
Scott students can enrich their
traditional learning experiences by
connecting what they learn in the
classroom to a global experience.
Academic programs may "add-on"
a Global Connections component
to an appropriate regular academic
course ("base course") for concen-
trated study in a cultural context
which would not be possible in the
campus-based classroom. This two-
hour component is optional (one
does not have to enroll in it to take
the base course) and involves two
to three weeks of travel/intercul-
tural experience during the January
intersession or in late May. A Glo-
bal Connections component may
include a research component,
journals, creative projects and

33

InteTnational Opportunities

group sessions. Three or four pre-
departure sessions will he held
during the semester to familiarize
students with travel procedures and
regulations. Grades of "Incom-
plete" will he assigned until re-
quirements for the component
have heen completed. (Due to the
need to assign "I" grades, seniors
are not able to enroll for credit in
Global Connections during the
semester in which they plan to
graduate. Graduating seniors may
enroll on a non-credit basis if they
wish.

To he eligible to enroll in a GC
component, a student must be in
good standing and concurrently
enrolled in the base course or have
satisfactorily completed the base
course during the past two aca-
demic years. Students pay full cost
of travel expenses. The fee varies
depending on destination. Applica-
tions for the Global Connections
Program are approved by the asso-
ciate dean of the college.

Study Abroad

There are two ways in which
Agnes Scott students can partici-
pate in extended study abroad
experiences.

French and German
Exchange Programs

Agnes Scott College has special
exchange agreements with the
Universite Catholique de L'Ouest in
Angers, France and with the
Johannes Gutenberg Universitat
Mainz in Germersheim, Germany.
Students can spend a semester or a
year at either university while
remaining enrolled as an Agnes
Scott student. Participants pay
tuition and fees to Agnes Scott but
are responsible for their travel and
room and board. Grades earned
through the exchange are recorded
on the permanent record but are
not computed into the Agnes Scott
grade point average. Information on
language prerequisites for these
programs can be obtained from the
faculty in the German Studies and
French programs.

A student interested in one of
these exchange programs should
obtain a copy of "Guidelines for
Study Abroad" from the associate
dean of the college at least nine
months prior to her participation.
The associate dean of the college
approves each student's participa-
tion in these programs.

Study Abroad Through
Other Institutions

Students may choose to partici-
pate in a program sponsored by
another college or university in the
United States or by enrolling
directly in a foreign institution.

Grades earned in courses are
recorded on the permanent record
but are not computed into the
Agnes Scott grade point average.
All fees are paid to the host
institution.

A student interested in partici-
pating in a program though another
institution should obtain a copy of
"Guidelines for Study Abroad" and
consult with the associate dean of
the College at least nine months
before her participation.

34

Agnes Scott College

special Curricular Opportunities

On Campus
Opportunities

Program in Women,
Leadership and Social
Change: The Atlanta
Semester

Agnes Scott has created a new
and distinctive academic program
that combines experiential learning
in the form of internships with an
exciting array of courses designed to
bring the academy and the commu-
nity together to study and promote
social change. What distinguishes
the Atlanta Semester from other
programs is the emphasis on women
and leadership in both the academic
and public settings. Students in the
program are challenged to examine
the contributions to social change
made by women leaders and they
experience firsthand the pressures
and rewards of leadership in intern-
ships with Atlanta based organiza-
tions.

The Atlanta Semester is open to
Agnes Scott students but also offers
women from colleges and universi-
ties across the country the opportu-
nity to benefit from the women's
college experience while living,
working and learning in the progres-
sive city known as the capital of the
New South. In addition, students
may earn a full semester's academic
credit and make valuable contacts
for their professional lives.

1995-1997 Catalog

For the spring semesters of 1996
and 1997, the program takes as its
theme "Making All the Difference:
Rethinking Citizenship and the
City of the Future." An interdisci-
plinary seminar taught by Agnes
Scott's faculty and a speakers' forum
constitute the common academic
core of the program; in addition,
each student selects an internship
suited to her needs and interests and
carries out an independent research
project that bridges the experiential
and academic components of the
program. Each student is assigned
an advisor and has many opportuni-
ties to discuss her individual pro-
gram and goals with the program's
faculty. The Atlanta Semester aca-
demic program consists of 13 semes-
ter credit hours, which may be
applied to a variety of majors or
concentrations at students' home
institutions. Some students may
wish to take an additional course
outside the program chosen from
among Agnes Scott's offerings.

Acceleration

A student may complete the
requirements for the degree in
fewer than eight semesters. She
may accelerate her progress by:
*^ entering with credit from

Advanced Placement examina-
tions of the College Entrance
Examination Board, Higher
Level examinations of the Inter-
national Baccalaureate, or joint-
enrollment programs;
i/ carrying an increased course

load; or by
t/ attending summer sessions at

other institutions.

A student planning to acceler-
ate should consult her advisor and
must complete the accelerated
program application form. The
form must be approved by the
director of academic advising.

Cross-Registration

Cross-registration at member
institutions of The University
Center in Georgia allows students
to take courses not available at
Agnes Scott. Students from
member institutions may also take
courses at Agnes Scott.

Grades for courses taken
through cross-registration are not
factored into a student's grade
point average, but grades of A, B,
C, or D are accepted for credit
hours. Only one Specific or Distri-
butional Standard may be fulfilled
by courses taken under cross-regis-
tration. See "Transfer Credit"
(p. 31). Courses taken to satisfy
Depth Standards must be approved
by the student's advisor.

Cross-registration courses may
satisfy requirements for a minor if
approved by the chair of the minor
program. All courses must be ap-
proved by the director of academic
advising.

Students enrolled in cross-regis-
tration cc^urses are subject to the
regulations ot the institution where
the course is taken, including dead-
lines tor application, registration
and withdrawing from a course.
Students should apply for approval
to the director of academic advis-
ing betore the end of course selec-

35

special Curricular Opportunities

tion for the semester in which they
plan to enroll in cross-registration.

The members institutions of the
University Center in Georgia are:

Agnes Scott College

Atlanta College of Art

Clark Atlanta University

Clayton State College

Columbia Theological Seminary

Emory University

Georgia Institute of Technology

Georgia State University

Institute of Paper Science and
Technology

Interdenominational Theological
Center

Kennesaw State College

Mercer University Atlanta

Morehouse College

Morehouse School of Medicine

Morris Brown College

Oglethorpe University

Southern College of Technology

Spelman College

University of Georgia

Scott Free

Year Five Program

Scott Free Year Five is a unique
program offered by Agnes Scott
College, designed to assist students
in making the transition from col-
lege to the world of work. Agnes
Scott graduates are eligible to at-
tend Agnes Scott tuition-free the
year following their graduation.
Students take classes on a "space
available" basis and may take from
one course up to a full course load.
Credit for all courses taken is re-
corded on the student's Agnes
Scott College transcript. The Year
Five student can request to live on
campus. The director of academic
advising is the academic advisor for

36

all Year Five students.

Any student interested in infor-
mation concerning Year Five or in
submitting an application for the
Year Five Program should contact
the director of academic advising.

Independent
Study (490)

Independent study gives superior
students the opportunity to explore
some field of intellectual or artistic
interest and to produce a related
piece of work.

Every student with junior stand-
ing and a cumulative grade point
average of B (3.0) or better is eligible
to apply for an independent study.
Her application must be approved by
the appropriate department or pro-
gram. The project may begin as early
as the spring semester of the student's
junior year.

Interested students should otbtain
the written guidelines (available in
the registrar's office) and then apply
in writing to the appropriate program
chair. The completed application for
an independent study must be sub-
mitted for approval to the director of
academic advising.

Students wishing to begin
independent study during the fall
semester of their senior year must
apply two weeks before Course Se-
lection Week in the spring semester
of their junior year.

Those wishing to begin their
study in the spring semester of their
junior year, or who wish to undertake
a one-semester study in the spring
semester of their senior year, must
apply no later than two weeks before
the fall semester deadline for
course changes.

Internships (450)

The College recognizes that
learning through internships can
be a valuable adjunct to classroom
learning and endeavors to make
possible worthwhile experiences for
students whose academic programs
would benefit from such opportuni-
ties.

Internships worthy of academic
credit are those that bear a close
relationship to the student's princi-
pal academic interests. Internships
for which academic credit is inap-
propriate are those that have little
relationship to the College curricu-
lum. These may provide secondary
benefits, such as personal develop-
ment, professional experience, ser-
vice to the community or acquisi-
tion of purely practical information.
The College facilitates participation
in these internships through the
Office of Career Planning and
Counseling.

A student interested in an in-
ternship for credit should obtain
written guidelines and an applica-
tion from the Registrar's Office. She
should then consult her advisor.
The completed application should
be submitted for review to the di-
rector of academic advising. The
deadline for application is registra-
tion day of the semester during
which the internship is to be taken.

Tuition for credit internships
during the academic session is in-
cluded in the regular fees. A student
may complete the practical compo-
nent of an internship (450) while
the College is not in session and
complete the academic component
of the internship during the next
semester, receiving credit for the

Agnes Scott College

special Curricular Opportunities

internship during the semester
following the practical experience.
The internship must he approved
before work is hegun. If credit is
earned when the College is not in
session, the charge for Agnes Scott
credit earned under the supervision
of an Agnes Scott faculty member is
$300 per semster hour.

Language Across the
Curriculum

The Language Across the Cur-
riculum Program (LAC) is designed
to enrich the study of the various
disciplines by allowing students and
faculty the opportunity to study
materials in an original language,
establish linkages between foreign
languages and the various disci-
plines and allow both students and
non-language faculty to continue
their language skills beyond the
foreign language classroom.

Appropriate academic courses
are coupled with a one-hour LAC
component where materials related
to the course are read and discussed
in the original language. Pairs of
faculty, one a discipline faculty and
one a language faculty, co-teach the
component. Examples of areas in
which LAC courses have been
offered include Spanish/anthropol-
ogy, French/art history, German/
history, Spanish/political science,
Spanish/history and German/music.

Students wishing to enroll in the
LAC component of any offered
courses must have completed four
semesters of a foreign language.

Research Scholars
Program

The Research Scholars Program
provides a collaborative research
experience between students and
faculty. Students are directly in-
volved in research and their work
is geared to produce publishable
results. In this program students
receive invaluable experience and
faculty receive research assistance
in the faculty members' own re-
search areas. Students are expected
to make a presentation of their
research to other students and
faculty. Guidelines for the program
are available from the director of
academic advising.

SHARP '.Women

SHARPlWomen (Science Hon-
ors Associates Research Program for
Women) is a summer research pro-
gram involving Agnes Scott faculty
and undergraduates. For part of the
program, high school students and
faculty join the Agnes Scott faculty
and students in doing research
projects. Information for
SHARPlWomen is available from
faculty in the science programs and
from the director of academic ad-
vising.

Special Study (410)

Special study courses (numbered
410) are offered by all academic
programs and are open to senior
majors (and qualified juniors) to
pursue work in areas outside a
program's listed courses. Non-majors
who demonstrate sufficient prepara-
tion in the discipline may also take
410 courses.

Applications to take special

1995-1997 Catalog

study are available in the registrar's
office and must be returned to the
director of academic advising for
approval no later than two weeks
before the last class day of the se-
mester before the desired 410
course. A 410 course carries from 2
to 4 semester-hours credit. Ordi-
narily, a student will take no more
than two semester courses of special
study.

The application should include
the name of the instructor who will
offer the 410, the course title and a
description of the topic to be stud-
ied, a statement of the student's
preparation for such study and the
basis for the grade.

The instructor must endorse the
application and so must the chair or
director of the program offering the
410.

If a student requests a 410 in her
junior year, the application should
also state the appropriateness of the
410 to the student's major program.

If a student wishes to take a 410
outside her major program, her
application must describe her prepa-
ration in the program offering the
410, as well as the information
described above.

S tudent-Designed
Majors

Students may design their own
interdisciplinary majors by combin-
ing disciplines. They should consult
the director of academic advising,
who will assign an advisor and over-
see the development of the pro-
posal. The director of academic
advising has information available
on recent interdisciplinary majors,
such as Art-Psychology, Art His-

37

special Curricular Opportunities

tory-Religious Studies, Art History-
English Literature, Art History-
History, Biology-Psychology, His-
tory-English Literature and Latin
American Studies. Students may
use the examples in preparing their
own proposals but are not limited to
those interdisciplinary majors.
Students may also reshape the
examples to suit their own needs
and interests.

Proposals for student-designed
majors usually are submitted to the
director of academic advising during
the spring semester of a student's
sophomore year.

Teaching Certification

Agnes Scott has state-approved
programs for Early Childhood (P-5),
Middle Grades (4-8), several sec-
ondary fields, music (P-I2) and
foreign languages (P-12). A student
who completes any of these pro-
grams satisfactorily is eligible for
initial Georgia certification, gener-
ally accepted throughout the
United States.

A student in the professional
teacher education program observes
and works in a variety of school
settings. Students at all levels tutor
in local schools.

Students interested in teaching
should consult the director of
teacher education programs during
their first year and no later than
the spring semester of the sopho-
more year.

Off-Campus
Opportunities

Dual-Degree
Programs with
Georgia Institute of
Technology

A student may combme three
years of liberal arts studies at Agnes
Scott with two years of specialized
work at Georgia Institute of Technol-
ogy. For information about specific
programs, students may consult the
faculty coordinator, Prof. Linda
Hodges.

Upon completion of this five-
year liberal arts/professional pro-
gram, the student will receive the
bachelor of arts degree from Agnes
Scott and a bachelor's degree from
Georgia Institute of Technology.
With advanced planning, outstand-
ing students are able to complete a
master's degree at Georgia Institute
of Technology with a minimum of
additional time.

Students interested in the 3 + 2
programs should consult the direc-
tor of academic advising as early as
possible, preferably during their first
year. The student must select a
major and plan a program which
satisfies all Specific and Distribu-
tional Standards for the Agnes
Scott degree by the end of the jun-
ior year; and, if the student should
elect to remain at Agnes Scott for
the senior year, all requirements for
an Agnes Scott programal major.

Admission to the program at

Georgia Institute of Technology
is based on completion of the
above requirements and on the
recommendation of the faculty
coordinator.

Dual-Degree Program
in Art and
Architecture with
Washington
University

A student may combine three
years of liberal arts studies at Agnes
Scott with four years of specialized
work in architecture at Washington
University (St. Louis) for a com-
bined undergraduate/graduate
program.

Upon completion of the three
years at Agnes Scott and the first
year of architecture, the student
receives the bachelor of arts degree
from Agnes Scott. She then contin-
ues in the graduate program in
architecture at Washington Univer-
sity for three years to receive a
master's degree in architecture.

By taking advantage of this coop-
erative program, the student can
complete both degrees in seven
years.

Students interested in this pro-
gram should consult the chair of the
Program of Art as early as possible,
preferably in the first year.

Admission to the program at
Washington University is based on
completion of certain requirements
and on the recommendation of the
faculty coordinator for the program.
Prof. Terry McGehee.

38

Agnes Scott College

special Curricular Opportunities

Exchange Program
With Mills College

Agnes Scott College and Mills
College, in the San Francisco Bay
area (Oakland, California), have an
exchange agreement enabling stu-
dents enrolled at each college to
spend a semester or year at the other
college.

Participants remain enrolled in
their home college and pay all fees
to their home college. A student
who participates in the exchange
may not transfer to the other col-
lege upon completion of the
exchange. Permission to participate
in this program is given hy the dean
of the college. Classes taken with
pass/fail or satisfactory/unsatisfac-
tory grades will not transfer.

Students interested in attending
Mills College for a semester or a
year should consult the director of
academic advising and the director
of financial aid.

Public Leadership
Education Network
(PLEN)

Agnes Scott College is a member
of PLEN, a consortium of women's
colleges designed to prepare women
for public leadership roles. Students
have opportunities to study the
process of public policy with women
leaders in Washington, D.C. and
abroad. Programs range from two-
day mentor sessions to seminars of
several days' length to the PLEN
Public Policy Semester.

Students interested in participat-
ing in the PLEN program may con-
tact the dean of students or the
faculty advisor. Prof. Brenda Hoke.

Students interested in receiving
academic credit for participation in
the PLEN program must contact the
assistant dean of the college.

ROTC

Agnes Scott students may par-
ticipate in the Air Force or Navy
Reserve Officers Training Corps at
Georgia Institute of Technology. A
student who completes one of these
programs eiualifies as a commis-
sioned officer and will be ordered to
active duty m the United States Air
Force, the United States Navy, or
the United States Marine Corps.
Courses in ROTC programs are
taken under the cross-registration
program ot The University Center
in Georgia. Interested students
should consult the director of aca-
demic advising.

The Renaissance
Scholars Program
Of The University
Center in Georgia

The Renaissance Scholars Pro-
gram is for superior undergraduate
students who have a traditional
major and wish to incorporate a
substantial amount of work in
another discipline distinct from
their major. They spend at least one
semester in residence at another
University Center Campus under
the guidance of a Host Campus
Tutor. Students are admitted in the
sophomore year to the program by
the recommendation of the College
and approval by the Renaissance
Scholars Program Steering Commit-
tee and the Advisory Board.

Students interested in this pro-
gram should contact the director of
academic advising during their first
year.

Washington
Semester

Agnes Scott is a member of the
Washington Semester Program.

Students spend either the fall or
spring semester at American Uni-
versity in Washington, D.C. There
are five offerings in the program:
American government, foreign
policy, economic policy, justice and
journalism. Each of these programs
consists of a seminar, an internship
and a research project. Students
may attend during either their
junior or senior year.

Deadlines for fall and spring
semester attendance are early April
and early November. Requests must
be approved by the dean ot the
college.

A student who participates in
the Washington Semester program
at American University pays
American University tuition to
Agnes Scott College during her
semester in the program. (Con-
versely, when in residence at Agnes
Scott College, a student pays the
Agnes Scott College tuition and
fees. ) She is responsible for her own
room and board while in Washing-
ton. Limited scholarship money is
available from American Univer-
sity; students are urged to apply
early for consideration. Interested
students may obtain information
and applications from the faculty
advisor. Prof. Catherine Scott, or
the director of academic advising.

1995-1997 Catalog

39

Post'Baccalaureate Programs and
Preparation for Graduate Study

Post-Baccalaureate
Premedicd Program

For weimen wishing to pursue a
career in medicine, Agnes Scott
offers an intensive and demanding
course of study fulfilling the prerequi-
site science and mathematics courses
for admission to medical school. The
program is primarily intended for
career changers and for returning
students whose undergraduate de-
grees are in non-scientific fields.

The Post-Baccalaureate Premedi-
cal Program is for women who have
completed a baccalaureate degree in
a field other than science at a region-
ally accredited college or university.
Successful candidates have a favor-
able academic record and demon-
strate a high degree of motivation
and commitment. It is desirable for
applicants to have some experience
in a medical setting, either as a vol-
unteer or professional.

Students earn a certificate upon
completion of a minimum of 33
hours of laboratory science and a
non-credit co-curricular seminar on
topics in health care policy, medical
ethics, women's health issues, specific
medical specialties and clinical prac-
tice. Students take the basic pre-
medical requirements (biology, gen-
eral chemistry, organic chemistry and
physics) offered through the regular
undergraduate curriculum. Calculus
is also strongly recommended though
not required.

40

To receive application materials
or additional information about the
program, contact:

Post-Baccalaureate Premedical

Program for Women
c/o Associate Dean of the
College

Program of Study

First Summer
General Chemistry (8 credit hours)
Precalculus (4 credit hours; op-
tional but recommended for stu-
dents with minimal mathematics
background)

Fall Semester
Biology (4 credit hours)
Organic Chemistry (4 credit hours)
Physics (4 credit hours)

Co-curricular seminar (non-credit)

January Intersession
Optional extemship ( 1 credit hour)

Spring Semester
Biology (4 credit hours)
Organic Chemistry (5 credit hours)
Physics (4 credit hours)
Co-curricular seminar (non-credit)
MCAT Examination (April)

Second Summer
Calculus (8 credit hours; optional)
Application to medical school for
entrance a year from September
(July)

Glide Year
During the period between the end
of the program and the beginning of
medical school, students may elect
to take additional courses or work in
a clinical or laboratory setting.

Master of Arts in

Teaching Secondary English (MAT)

Agnes Scott recently began its
first graduate program, the Master
of Arts in Teaching Secondary
English. The co-educational,
45-hour program, which combines
instruction in English and Educa-
tion, is for individuals who would
like to be certified as teachers of
English on the secondary level.

Special features of the MAT

include an emphasis on gender
equity, a writing workshop which
focuses on improving and teaching
writing and two semesters of super-
vised internship.

Students interested in the
MAT program should contact the
associate dean of the college. A
separate catalog for the MAT
program is available.

Agnes Scott College

Post-Baccalaureate Prosrams

Preparation for
Graduate Study
In Arts and Sciences

A student interested in graduate
study in arts or sciences should con-
sult first with her faculty advisor.
Information on the Graduate Record
Examination (GRE) may be
obtained in Faculty Services in
Buttrick Hall. Graduate catalogs are
available on microfiche in McCain
Library.

Preparation for
Medicine

The College encourages students
interested in a career in medicine,
dentistry, veterinary medicine or
allied health to pursue the major of
their choice. Medical schools are
interested in liberal arts graduates.
Agnes Scott students have gone to
medical school having majored in
classics, art, French and other sub-
jects.

The health professions advising
committee, advisory to the director
of academic advising, counsels
students on academic programs,
preparation for professional school
and ways to enhance acceptability
into pre-health programs. The group
writes letters of evaluation to each
school to which a student applies.
Students have the opportunity to
meet with medical college faculty as
well as medical students, some of
whom are Agnes Scott alunmae.

The most critical step toward
admission, other than grades (grade
point average and grades in required
science courses), is the Medical
College Admission Test (MCAT) or
its equivalent (DCAT for dentistry,
VCAT for veterinary medicine).
This test should be taken during the
spring of the junior year (except for
the VCAT) and may be repeated
during the fall of the senior year to
improve performance.

Most medical, dental and veteri-
nary colleges require a full-year
course with laboratory in biology,
physics, inorganic (general) chemis-
try and organic chemistry. Some
schools require calculus. These
courses should be in progress or
completed by the spring of the junior
year in order to do well on the
MCAT

A student can make many differ-
ent course choices. If she is not ma-
joring in chemistry or physics, she
will most likely defer physics until
the junior year. A student who ma-
jors in chemistry or biology should
take introductory courses in that
discipline during the first year.

One possible program is:

First year: Biology 11 0,1 20
Sophomore year: Chemistry 101,

lOlL, 102, 102L
Junior year: Chemistry 201, 202,
202L; Physics 110, 111
Another possible program is:

First year: Chemistry 101, 101 L,
102, 102L

Sophomore year: Chemistry 201,
202, 202L; Biology 110, 120

Junior year: Physics 110, 111

These possibilities apply to any
major. Some students may take biol-
ogy and chemistry during the first
year if they have good backgrounds
in both.

Students are responsible for
knowing the admission requirements
of the professional schools to which
they apply. This information is in
Medical School Admission Require-
ments, on reserve in Faculty Ser-
vices in Buttrick Hall. A student
who plans to attend a state-sup-
ported medical college should apply
to one in her home state; out-of-state
applicants usually are not accepted.
Privately supported institutions
typically accept many out-of-state
students. States with no dental or
veterinary colleges have agreements
with other states that have such
facilities.

Preparation for Law

American law schools require no
specific courses or major, but students
interested in the legal profession
must develop strong analytical and
communication skills. Students
should take maximum advantage of
the richness and variety of a liberal
arts curriculum. Those interested in
law school should take the Law
School Admissions Test (LSAT) in
June of their junior year.

1995-1997 Catalog

41

Tuition and Fees

Student tees at Agnes Scott
meet less than half of the
annual operating costs. The
difference between student payments
and College operating expenses
comes from general endowment
income and gifts and grants to the
College. Fees for full-time students
tor the 1995-96 academic year are:

Tuition $13,800.00

Room and board fee 5,800.00

Health Insurance fee 178.00

Student activity fee 115.00

College events fee 20.00

TOTAL $19,913.00

Payment due dates for Tuition and
Fees for 1995-96 are indicated below.

A student's account will he cred-
ited $50 for each semester that the
account is paid in full by the due
date.

A student's financial aid pack-
age will be considered when deter-
mining the amounts due each
semester.

All resident students pay a refund-
able $100 room occupancy deposit
each year. This deposit is due when
tuition, fees and room and board
charges for the fall semester are
paid. The deposit is refundable at
the end of the academic year pro-
vided no room damage has
occurred and no other monies are

Resident Students

April 15 (returning) $150 Deposit

May 1 (new) $150 Deposit

Ausust 1 $100 Room Deposit

August 1 $9,785 Balance

(Fall semester tuition, fees, room & board)

August 15 $178 Health Insurance

(unless waived)
January 6 $9,800 Spring semester tuition, fees, room & board

Non-Resident Students

April 15 (returning

May 1 (new)

August 1

August 1 5

January 6

$150 Deposit

$150 Deposit

$6,885 Balance

(Fall semester tuition, fees)

$178 Health Insurance

(unless uiaived)
5,900 Spring semester tuition and fees

due to the College. Students who
change boarding status during the
semester will he charged or cred-
ited for room and board on a pro
rata basis for the remainder of the
semester.

All new students pay a nonrefund-
able $35 application fee and a $150
enrollment fee by May 1 . This en-
rollment fee is nonrefundable after
May 1 . New students who receive
financial assistance from the
College are expected to pay the full
amount of the deposit by May 1 ,
unless otherwise instructed by the
director of financial aid.

Returning full-time students pay a

nonrefundable (after April 15)
$150 deposit by April 15. This
deposit entitles the student to re-
register and to select a residence
hall room for the next year. A non-
refundable $150 continuation fee is
required of students who are on an
approved leave of absence.

Unclassified and Return to College
students who take less than a full
academic load (12 semester hours)
pay tuition in 1995-96 on a semes-
ter basis at a rate of $625 for the first
hour and $575 for each additional
hour up to five hours; $4,075 for six
to eight hours; and $5,800 for nine
to 1 1 hours. Any additional monies
due to the College as a result of
course changes during the ten-day
drop/add period, are due at the time
of the change. The $115 student
activity fee and the $20 college
events fee are not included in these

42

Agnes Scott College

Tuition and Fees

charges. The student activity fee is
due at the beginning of the first
semester of an academic session in
which the student is enrolled for at
least 6 semester hours. The College
Events fee is due at the beginning of
the first semester of an academic
session in which a student is en-
rolled, regardless of the number of
credit hours taken.

Post-Baccalaureate Premedical
Students pay $290 per credit hour
or $3,450 for full-time work in
1995-96. The $115 student activity
fee and the $20 College Events fee
are not included in these charges.
The student activity fee is due at
the beginning of the first semester,
other than summer, in which the
student is enrolled for at least 6
semester hours. The College
Events fee is due at the beginning
of the first semester, other than
summer, in which a student is en-
rolled, regardless of the number of
credit hours taken.

Graduation Fee

A nonrefundable graduation fee
of $150 to cover rental of cap, gown
and hood, the purchase of the
diploma and other expenses is
required of all students who expect
to graduate. This payment is due
when tuition, fees and room and
board charges are paid.

Terms

A student may not register or
attend classes until accounts have
been satisfactorily paid in the

accounting office. All financial
obligations to the College must be
met before a student can receive a
diploma, a transcript of record or
official grades.

Refund Policy

A refund refers to the College
charges that are refunded to the
student and/or to the financial aid
sources which covered those
charges. Refunds are made within
30 days of the student's withdrawal.

Students who withdraw from
the College on or before the first
class day of a semester will receive
a full refund of any payment made
toward tuition, room and board
and student fees. No refund will be
made of the $150 enrollment/re-
registration deposit.

For students who withdraw after
the first class day during a semester,
the mandatory health fee is non-
refundable.

Agnes Scott's institutional
refund policy for tuition, room and
board and the Student Activity
and College Events fees is as fol-
lows:

90% refund when withdrawal
is after the first class day and before
the end of the first 10% of the
semester.

50% refund when withdrawal
is after the first 10% and before
the end of the first 25% of the
semester.

25% refund when withdrawal
is after the first 25% and before
the end of the first 50% oi the
semester.

The date of withdrawal is the
date that the official withdrawal
form is received by a dean or the
director of academic advising for
signature or the date of withdrawal
specified by the student, whichever
is later. The semester begins with
the first day of class for that semes-
ter. The first week of the semester
is the seven-day period that begins
on the first day of class. The point
of withdrawal is measured in weeks
and the student is considered to
have withdrawn within a given
week, as defined above, if the with-
drawal date is prior to the end of
that week.

For students who are in their
first semester of study at Agnes
Scott College and withdraw on or
before the 60% point in the semes-
ter, the refund amount is calculated
using the statutory pro rata refund
policy set forth by the U.S. Depart-
ment of Education. The pro rata
refund is calculated based on the
prorated charges for the remaining
weeks in the semester.

Refunds are applied in the
following order, as prescribed by
federal law and regulations:

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford
Loans

Subsidized Federal Stafford
Loans

Federal Parent Loans for
Undergraduate Students

Federal Pell Grants

Federal Supplemental Educa-
tional Opportunity Grants

Other federal aid

State financial assistance

Private or institutional

1995-1997 Catalog

43

Tuition and Fees

student financial assistance

Student

A student's official withdrawal
form serves as the refund request.

Monthly Statements
Of Account

Each student will receive a
monthly statement of account from
the College if a balance is due.
Statements include, but are not
limited to, tuition, room and board
charges, health center charges,
parking fines and library fines.
Statements are due and payable
upon receipt, unless otherwise
stated, for tuition, fees, room and
board.

Delinquent
Accounts

It is the College's stated policy
to turn over past due accounts to
an outside collection agency and to
use the full extent of the law to
collect delinquent accounts.

Health
Insurance

The College requires that all
students be covered by health
insurance and provides a health
insurance program for a fee. The
fee is charged and payable when
tuition, room and board charges are
due. The health insurance program
may be waived upon evidence that
the student is covered by adequate
alternative health insurance
arrangements.

International students must
carry a Student Accident and Sick-
ness Insurance Plan to help meet
additional medical expenses for the
academic year. They must have this
coverage before they may enroll.

There is no charge to resident
students for routine treatment in
the Student Health Center.

Telephone
System

The College provides each room
with a telephone connection. The
Agnes Scott telecommunications
office contracts with AT&T for
long distance service. A long dis-
tance access code may be obtained
directly with AT&T or through the
Agnes Scott telecommunications
office. Bills are sent monthly by
AT&T and payments are sent
directly to them. An outstanding
balance on the AT&T telephone
account is considered an outstand-
ing financial obligation to Agnes
Scott College and could result in
the loss of the long distance access
code and official grades and tran-
scripts being withheld.

Vehicle
Registration

There is a vehicle registration
fee of $50 for the academic year or
$30 for one semester.

44

Agnes Scott College

Courses of Study

Guide to Symbols

f = fall semester, s = spring semester, G = Global Connections Course, S = summer, L = laboratory or language
across the curriculum course. Parentheses following the course number indicate that the course is cross-listed as an
offering of another department.

The College reserves the right in its discretion to make at any time changes affecting policies , fees ,
curricula or other matters required to carry out the objectives and purposes of the College.

Afiricana Studies

Director:

Violet M. Johnson

Requirements for the Minor:

A minimum of 19 hours is required for the minor.
All courses in the minor should be chosen in
consultation with the program advisor and must be
approved by the advisor.
Required courses:
Africana Studies 170

History 250 or 251 or 350

Students must choose at least four courses from the

following groups, three of which must be chosen

from Groups 1 and 11, with a minimum of one

course from each:

Group I (Historical and Cultural Perspectives):

History 250, 251, 253, 254, 350, 354; Sociology 380

Group II (Critical Perspectives): History 335;

Sociology 350, 370

Group 111 (Related Perspectives): Interdisciplinary

200; English 216; History 331, 332; Sociology 230,

301; Religious Studies 331; Political Science 308;

Psychology 240; Spanish 208

One of the following courses must be taken with

Special Offerings in 1995-96

The following courses will be offered one time only in 1995-96:

ART 21 If. CANONICAL
MOMENTS IN ART
HISTORY (3)

From the Parthenon to Guernica,
with key monuments in between.
Concentration on 12 major works,
from a variety of media, to trace
the course of the canon of
Western art. What constitutes
a canon? What is a key-point
in culture?

ART 212s. THE APOCALYPSE
IN ART (3)

Visual material recapitulating the
Book of Revelation, from earliest
Christian catacomb painting to
the high renaissance and Blake's
visions. Students will be encour-
aged to see at least one contempo-
rary apocalyptic film or read
a modem apocalyptic novel.

HIS 375f. ITALIAN CITY-
STATES, 1250-1500 (3)

Evolution of the Italian city-states
from late medieval communes to
Renaissance territorial states.
Emphasis upon changing political
and legal structures and ideas and
their relationship to culture and
society in Bologna, Florence,
Padua, Perugia, Pistoia, Siena
and Venice.

Agnes Scott College

45

Africana Studies, Art

the research component for one additional hour of
credit: History 335, 350; Sociology 370, 380 (Note-
These four courses have variable credit (3-4 hours).
Four hours of credit will he given if taken with the
research component for this minor.)

170f. AFRICAN-AMERICAN CULTURE AND
SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS (3)

Overall framework for the study of African-Americans
from slavery to the present. Aspects of the African-
American experience are examined from a
multidisciplinary perspective.

Art

Professor:

Terry McGehee
Associate Professor:

Donna Sadler (on sabbatical 1995-96)
Assistant Professor:

Anne Beidler
Visiting Kirk Artists in Residence:

Mane Artemis (1995-96)

Karen Sullivan (1995-96)

The faculty in the att program are practicing
artists and art historians who believe in the
primacy of the visual arts in liberal education.
The inherent value of art and the manner in which it
can enrich and enliven the individual's experience lie
at the core of the art program.

The art major is a balanced program of study in
theory, practice and history. The art major, with its
strong foundation in two-dimensional and three-
dimensional art and solid grounding in the chronologi-
cal periods of art history, offers a meaningful experi-
ence in the visual arts in preparation for a productive
professional or academic career. Students may go into
graduate programs in studio art, art history, art therapy,
museum work, art restoration or arts administration.
Students may also minor in either Art History or Studio
Art. A dual degree program in Art and Architecture is
offered with Washington University in St. Louis.

The Dana Fine Arts building, designed by the
architect John Portman, incorporates studio spaces,
lecture halls, an auditorium and the Dalton Gallery.
The latter is a large, multiroom exhibition space that
has hosted shows of both historical and contemporary
art works. The gallery program incorporates at least
one student exhibition a year, which offers the studio
classes an excellent opportunity to showcase their
works. Not only does the Dalton Gallery exhibit local
artists and thematic shows, but students also have
access to the rich cultural offerings in Atlanta; visits to
galleries, museums and artist studios complement the
art major's course of study.

Requirements for the Major

Courses required in Art History and Theory:

102, 103,480

Two additional courses in Art History and Theory

Courses required in Studio Art:

Foundation Studies: 161, 162, 240, 270

One of the following: 241, 242

Minimum of 9 semester hours in other 200, 300,

400 level Studio Art courses

A minimum oi 39 hours in Art is required for

the major.

Requirements for the Minor

Art History

102, 103, 480; four additional courses in art history
at the 200 and/or 300 level. The program must
have the approval of the chair of the department.
Suggested course beyond the minimum
requirement: 161

Studio Art

161, 162, 480; four additional courses in studio art.
The program must have the approval of the chair of
the department.

Suggested courses beyond the minimum
requirement: 102, 103, 208.

Art History and Theory

The Distributional Standard in fine arts will be satisfied by
any course in art history and theory.

46

Agnes Scott College

Arc

102f. HISTORY OF ART I (3)

Development ot ethnographic and western art from their
beginnings in prehistory to the close of the middle ages.
Special emphasis is placed upon the varied functions of
art and its role as an index of cultural values.
Not offered 1995-96

103s. HISTORY OF ART II (3)

Delineation of major artistic periods from the Renais-
sance through the modern periods. Emphasis shifts from
the concept of the individual masterpiece in the
fifteenth century to the artist as courtier in the seven-
teenth century to the various art movements in the
twentieth century.
Not offered 1995-96

103Ls. (French 203L) HISTORY OF ART II,
FRENCH COMPONENT ( 1 )

See French 203L for description.

20 If. (Classics 242) GREEK AND ROMAN ART (3)

Survey of the architecture, sculpture, painting and minor
arts from the Bronze Age in Greece (c. 3000 B.C.E.)
through the flourishing of the Roman Empire until c.
313 C.E.

Not offered 1995-96

202f. (Religious Studies 202) MEDIEVAL ART (3)

Survey of the major monuments of architecture,
painting, sculpture and manuscripts from the fourth
century to the fourteenth century. Focusing on the
accomplishments of the artists and their patrons from the
ninth through the thirteenth century, the economic,
social and political factors that affected the medieval
artistic vision are examined.
Offered in 1995-96 and alternate years

202Lf. (French 202L) MEDIEVAL ART, FRENCH
COMPONENT (1)

See French 202L for description.

203f. RENAISSANCE ART (3)

Concentration on the apogee of painting, sculpture and
architecture in Italy. Between c. 1300-1550, artists trace
a visual arc between the rediscovery of nature by Giotto
to the creation of works synonymous with "high
culture" such as the Mona Lisa and the Sistine Ceiling.
Addresses issues of style and iconography, as well as the
effect of patronage and gender on the visual arts.
Not offered 1995-96

208s. NINETEENTH- & TWENTIETH-
CENTURY ART (3)

Exploration of the architecture, sculpture and painting
from the beginning of the nineteenth century through
post-modernism. Primary emphasis on social history that
helped shape the various artistic movements from
realism to pop art to minimalism to performance art of
the 1980s.

311s. (Women's Studies 311) THE RISE OF THE
WOMAN ARTIST (3)

Examination of the changing role of women in the
production and possession of art. The perspectives of
gender and difference used to define the shifting images
of women both as subjects and as creators. The artistic
patronage of women is examined as a force for social and
artistic change.

3 1 2s. THE AGE OF THE CATHEDRALS (3 )

Intensive study ot the cathedrals and monasteries of the
twelfth and thirteenth centuries. Emphasis placed on the
theory and construction practices ot the medieval
masons, the iconography of architecture and the
meaning of the stained glass and sculpture programs that
embellish the churches of France, England, Spam
and Italy.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY IN ART HISTORY AND
CRITICISM (2-4)

Special problems adjusted to the needs and interests of
the individual student. An introduction to scholarly
research.
Open to art majors only

480s. ISSUES IN ART (3)

Capstone course that emphasizes theory, contemporary
art issues and the role of art in society today. Political,
social and aesthetic perspectives related to current
developments in the visual arts. Readings, presentations
and visits to galleries, museums and artists' studios
provide a context for discussion.

Open to art majors and minors in art history or studio art and
others with permission of the department chair

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research in art history and theory or in
studio art under the supervision ot a member of the
department.

Open to senior art majors or by permission of the
department chair

1995-1997 Catalog

47

Art

Studio Art

The Distributional Standard in Fine Arts may be
satisfied in studio art by taking Art 161 or 162. If a
student requests a portfolio review and subsequently
receives a positive recommendation by the studio
faculty, the student will be advised as to appropriate
curricular choices, placement and possible credit.
Refer to page 9 for AP credit.

All studio courses meet 4 hours per week for 3
semester hours credit unless otherwise indicated.
Students are expected to provide most of their
supplies.

161f,s. ART STRUCTURE I (3)

Introductory drawing course to develop visual skills as
well as individual expression. Experiments in a variety of
drawing media with subject matter that includes still-life,
life drawing and contemporary methods in drawing.

162f,s. ART STRUCTURE II (3)

Study of the design elements of form, line, color and
texture in relation to problems in composition, color
theory, subject matter and space. Experiments in imagery
and media that may include xerographic, photographic
and computer aided design assemblages.

240f . DRAWING AND COMPOSITION ( 3 )

Problems in representation with a focus on life drawing
and the human body. Experimentation with drawing
media and various styles of drawing. Emphasis on
personal expression and thematic discovery.
Prerequisite: 161 or permission of the instructor

24 If, s. PAINTING I (3)

Introductory course in painting. Basic painting tech-
niques and experiments in color theory combined with a
discussion of conceptual approaches to painting.
Prerequisite: 161 and 162 or permission of the instructor

242f,s. PRINTMAKINGI (3)

Introduction to printmaking processes with a focus on
image content. Printing processes may include
monoprint, relief, intaglio, silkscreen, photographic
processes in printmaking or book arts.
Prerequisite: 161 and 162 or permission of instructor

270f. THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN (3)

Series of spacial experiments in relief collage and
construction. Media include but are not limited to clay,
wire, wood, paper and plaster.
Prerequisite: 161

274s. SCULPTURE 1 (3)

Introduction to selected sculptural processes including a
focus in one or more of the following areas: ceramics,
ceramic sculpture, basic carving (wood or stone),
assemblage and construction or basic casting.
Prerequisite: 270 or permission of the instructor
May be repeated if subject matter varies

341f,s. PAINTING II

Advanced problems in painting related to issues of
imagery, content, scale and technical means.
Prerequisite: 241

May he repeated if subject matter varies

(3)

(3)

342f,s. PRINTMAKING II

Problems in specific printing processes including
monoprint, relief intaglio, silkscreen, photographic
processes in printmaking or book arts. Focus on develop-
ing individual expression and image content.
Prerequisite: 242
May be repeated if subject matter varies

360f,s. STUDIO IN MIXED MEDIA (3)

Contemporary approaches to art-making which may
include combining two and three-dimensional media
with a focus on expanding the range of expression.
Projects could include installations, performance pieces,
collaborative works or video. Emphasis centers on the
development and visual presentation ot ideas.
Prerequisite: 241 , 242 or 270 or permission of the
instructor

460f,s. ADVANCED STUDIO (3)

Special problems in drawing, painting, printmaking,

photo processes, ceramics, sculpture or other two and

three-dimensional media.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

May be repeated if subject matter varies

48

Agnes Scott College

Biochemistry, Biolo^

Biochemistry

Requirements for the major if electing biochemistry
from a biology emphasis:

Biology courses: 120, 210, 309, 310 and one course
chosen from 300, 301 and 316. Total: 20 hours
Chemistry courses: 101, lOlL, 102, 102L, 201, 202,
202L, 210 or 431, 300, 300L, 301 Total: 27 hours
Total hours in Biology and Chemistry Courses:
47 hours

Mathematics courses: 118, 119
Physics courses: 110, 111

Additional requirements: All students must partici-
pate in a supervised research experience approved
by the biochemistry advisor. Students may elect to
fulfill this requirement by taking appropriate Agnes
Scott research courses or by taking part in bio-
chemical research or internship experiences either
on or off campus, such as SHARP! Women or other
summer programs.

Requirements for the major if electing biochemistry
from a chemistry emphasis (including courses for the
ACS-approved Biochemistry track):

Biology courses: 120, 210, 309 and 316

Total: 16 hours

Chemistry courses: 101, lOlL, 102, 102L, 201, 202,

202L, 300, 300L, 301, 302, 312, 342, 343, 400 and

431, plus 3 additional hours at the advanced level

such as Chemistry 410 or 490.

Total: 43 hours

Total hours in Biology and Chemistry courses:

59 hours

Mathematics courses: 118, 119

Physics courses: 110, 111, 242, 243

Additional requirements: All students must partici-
pate in a supervised research experience approved
by the biochemistry advisor. Students may elect to
fulfill this requirement by taking appropriate Agnes
Scott research courses or by taking part in bio-
chemical research or internship experiences either

on or off campus, such as SHARP! Women or other
summer programs. NOTE: If a student elects a
formal course such as Chemistry 490 to fulfill this
requirement, any hours elected over the 60 hours
allowed in the major must be in excess of the 1 20
hour College requirement for graduation.

Biology

Professors:

Sandra T. Bowden
John F. Pilger
Harry Wistrand
Assistant Professors:

J. Phil Gibson

Karen J. Thompson (on leave spring 1996)

Patricia McGuire White, Assistant Dean of the

College and Director of Academic Advising

(on leave fall 1995)

The Agnes Scott biology program offers an
integrated approach to the study of living
systems from molecules to ecosystems. The
themes that unify the program are evolution, the
relationship between form and function, the unity and
diversity of life and the cycling of matter and the flow
of energy. Current methods of investigation, commu-
nication, critical thinking and collaborative learning
and research are emphasized. A major program
includes the study of biological science as a process,
molecules, cells and tissues, diverse organisms. Elective
courses may include ecology, systematics, genetics,
developmental biology, animal behavior and physiol-
ogy. In addition, credit and non-credit research
opportunities are available. The program requirements
combine foundation with flexibility so that a student
may design a program of study which best fits her
goals.

Students who plan to major or minor in biology
should consult with a member of the department early
in their college careers to ensure normal progression.

1995-1997 Catalog

49

Biolo^'

Students may elect the biochemistry major with either
a biology or chemistry emphasis. Dual-degree programs
with the Georgia Institute of Technology are available
in biotechnology and areas of engineering. Students
should consult with department faculty about opportu-
nities for interdisciplinary majors, summer study and
research.

Requirements for the Major

36 hours as defined below:
1 10, 120, 210, 309, 310, plus four other courses
other than 380

Elective courses must reflect at least two of the
following groups:
Prokaryotes: 301

Animals: 240, 270, 280, 305, 318
Plants: 212, 220

Also required: Chemistry 201 and one course in
mathematics excluding 101, 104, 115 and 150.

Requirements for the Minor

20 hours as defined below:

110, 120, 210 and two other courses in biology for

which prerequisites have been met.

108f. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY (4)

Introductory principles of ecology. Connection of applied
aspects with appropriate ecological principles. Major
global and regional problems; sustainability of natural
and artificial ecosystems. Integration of economic,
political and ethical issues. Interpretation of ecological
phenomena in evolutionary terms.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

1 lOf. CONCEPTS IN ORGANISMAL AND

EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY (4)

Introduction to form and function ot plants and animals.
Evolutionary mechanisms and models of population
dynamics. Biological diversity and systematics. Labora-
tory investigations emphasize processes of scientific
inquiry.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

120s. CONCEPTS IN CELLULAR BIOLOGY AND
GENETICS (4)

Structure and function of biological molecules. Func-
tional anatomy of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
Major pathways for capture and release of energy.

Metabolism of carbon compounds. Inheritance, gene
regulation, recombinant DNA and biotechnology.
Laboratory investigations emphasize processes of
scientific inquiry.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

21 Of. CRITICAL THINKING AND

INVESTIGATION IN BIOLOGY (4)

Introduction to inquiry and communication in the
biological sciences. Special emphasis on critical
thinking, methods of investigation, analysis and
presentation of data. Computing and literature research
skills. Scientific writing and oral communication. A
minimum grade of G- in this course is prerequisite to all
other 200- and 300-level courses in the department.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 120

Prerequisite or corequisite: 110 or Chemistry 102 and
102L

212f. BIOLOGY OF PLANTS (4)

Functional organization, growth, reproduction and
dispersal of seed plants. Nutrition and transport pro-
cesses. Evolution of the land flora. Concepts in plant
community ecology. Interactions between plants and
other organisms.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 210

2158. MARINE BIOLOGY (4)

Ecological approach to the study of marine organisms as

exemplified in temperate, semi-tropical and tropical

environments. A three-week field course; dates to be

determined.

Limited to eight students

Prerequisite: 110 or 120 and permission of the instructor

Offered summer 1 996 arvi alterrmte years

220s. SYSTEMATICS OF SOUTHEASTERN

PLANTS (4)

Principles of plant identification, classification and
nomenclature, with special emphasis on vascular plants
native to this region. Laboratory includes observing
plants in their natural environments and techniques tor
collecting, identifying and preserving specimens.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 210

Offered i 995-96 and alternate years

240s. VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY (4)

Gross anatomy of vertebrates, along with microscopic
structure of animal tissues. Includes dissection of

50

Agnes Scott College

Biology

selected animals and a project using histological
techniques.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 210

270s. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY (4)

Comparative anatomy, functional morphology and
systematics of major and minor invertebrate phyla to
achieve an understanding of unity, diversity and
evolution in these animals. Laboratory includes some
fieldwork.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 210

280s. ANIMAL BEHAVIOR (4)

Development, ecology and causation of animal behavior.
Emphasis on comparative analysis of mechanisms
underlying the production of species-specific behavior.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 210

3 oof. GENETICS (4)

Structure, function, regulation and transmission of

hereditary materials in viruses, prokaryotes and eukary-

otes.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 210

301f. MICROBIOLOGY (4)

Biology of prokaryotic and eukaryotic microorganisms

and viruses with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.

Morphology, physiology, biochemistry, genetics,

taxonomy and immunology.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 210; Chemistry 102, 102L

305f. ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY (4)

Comparative study of respiration, circulation, sensory
and neural integration, locomotion, metabolism and
temperature and water regulation in animals. Balanced
emphasis on lower vertebrates, invertebrates and human
systems. Selected topics studied in depth in the labora-
tory.

3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 210

308s. ECOLOGY (4)

Interactions of organisms with their abiotic and biotic
environments. Populations, communities and ecosystems
from ecological and environmental perspectives.
Laboratory and field studies, environmental analysis.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 210

1995-1997 Catalog

309f. CELL BIOLOGY 1: FUNCTIONAL

ORGANIZATION (4)

Form and function at the cellular level ot organization.
Prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell structure, the cell cycle,
energy and information flow, major modes of nutrition
and metabolism. Specialized cellular functions, including
motility and electrical activity.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 210

310s. CELL BIOLOGY 2: PHYSIOLOGY AND
BIOCHEMISTRY (4)

Biochemistry of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates and
nucleic acids. Solutions, pH and buffers. Enzyme activity
and energy flow in major metabolic processes. Major
anabolic and catabolic pathways in the metabolism of
carbon- and nitrogen-containing compounds. Photosyn-
thesis, fermentation, glycolysis, aerobic and anaerobic
respiration, urea cycle and gluconeogenesis. Integration
and regulation of metabolism.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 309; Chemistry 201

3 1 6s. MOLECULAR GENETICS ( 4 )

Gene structure, function and regulation at the molecular
level in viruses, prokaryotes and eukaryotes; introduction
to genetic engineering and recombinant DNA tech-
niques. Emphasis on recently published literature.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 300; Chemistry 201 (Chemistry 201 for
AGS biochemistry majors)

Corequisite: for AGS biochemistry majors, a one-hour
noncredit tutorial

3 18s. DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY (4)

Morphological patterns and the developmental mecha-
nisms in the ontogeny of animals. Emphasis on classical
vertebrate and invertebrate models.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 309

380f ,s. RESEARCH IN BIOLOGY (1-4)

Lab or field research project conducted jointly with a
member of the biology faculty. Student collaboration is
encouraged where appropriate. Recommendation of the
faculty member and approval by department are
necessary. Approval may be contingent on the number of
projects supervised by a faculty member each semester.
The project may he done in conjunction with an
ongoing research project or with a biology course (see
below). Students eligible for graduation with high honor
should enroll in Biology 490 and follow the application
procedures for the independent and collaborative study

51

Biology, Business Preparatory Pro-am

program. Advanced planning is essential and application
must be approved prior to the beginning of course
selection week. Research opportunities may be available
in conjunction with the following courses: 212, 215, 220,
270, 280, 300, 301, 305, 308, 309, 310, 316, 318.
Open to Biology majors only

Prerequisite: 210 and appropriate advanced courses as
required by the department. One credit hour is equiva-
lent to a minimum of three hours of work per week. May
be repeated as appropriate with approval ot department.
Continuation of multi-semester research to the next
semester is contingent on a minimum grade of C in
Biology 380.

481s. (Psycholog>' 481) INTERDISCIPLINARY
SEMINAR IN ANIMAL/HUMAN BEHAVIOR

(1)

Open to students majoring in self-designed biology-
psychology or to senior majors in biology or in psychol-
ogy with adequate preparation in both disciplines, as
determined by consultation with both department chairs.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT OR COLLABORATIVE
STUDY (4-8)

Independent or collaborative laboratory and/or field
research under the supervision of biology faculty
members. Open only to students who are fulfilling the
research requirement for graduation with high honor.
An individual thesis and a seminar presentation are
required. Recommendation by the department is based
on the student's choice of a suitable research project, her
potential tor biological research, course work and
background and evidence of motivation for undertaking
the research.

Students who do not meet the grade point average for
graduation with high honor but who wish to pursue research
within the department are directed to Biology 380.

Business

Preparatory

Program

Director:

Edmund J. Sheehey

"\ "XT Tith the rapid growth of and turnover in the
\ y^ / information that is important to business,
V V it is now commonplace to hear corporate
leaders claim that the best training for business is a
liberal arts education. Mindful that many of our
students are preparing for a career in business, the
College has selected from its curriculum a set of
courses that stress analytical and communications
skills relied on in business and provide a foundation in
areas of study basic to business.

The program does not alter requirements for
graduation nor constitute a major. The fact that a
student has taken the program is indicated on her
transcript. In order to complete the program students
must take at least eight of the courses listed below:
Required Courses:

Economics: 104, 105 and 211
Mathematics: 101 or 117 or 118 (If students take
101, they may also count toward the program either
117 or 118, but not both)

At least one of the following: English 210; Psychol-
ogy 240 or 305 or 316; Philosophy 103; Political
Science 102; Theatre 117
Elective courses:

Economics: 210, 212, 213, 217, 303, 309, 338
Mathematics: 115 or 328, 119
Mathematics 150 or Interdisciplinary 100 (Psy-
chology 125)

52

Agnes Scott College

Chemistry

Chemistry

Professor:

Linda C. Hodges
Associate Professors:

Thomas L. Maier, Director of Information

Technology Services

T. Leon Venable
Assistant Professor:

Lilia C. Harvey
Visiting Instructor:

Richard Williams (1995-96)

The academic program in chemistry, approved
by the American Chemical Society (ACS), is
designed to give students a thorough grounding
in the principles and applications of modem chemis-
try, as well as extensive practical experience with
research-quality instruments. The curriculum is
structured to serve chemistry majors, majors in
chemistry-related disciplines and nonscience majors.
Students may design individual major programs to
prepare for a variety of career goals, such as advanced
study in chemistry, biochemistry, medical sciences,
molecular biology, materials science, chemical physics;
technical and nontechnical areas of the chemical
industry; scientific writing or editing; chemical
education; and computer applications in chemistry.
After completing a chemistry major, the student
should have the basic background required to be part
of an industrial or academic scientific team devoted to
research or applied chemistry. The required courses
provide fundamental knowledge of:

a) theories which describe matter and chemical
reactions ranging from elemental to biological
systems;

b) techniques and instruments ordinarily used to
investigate atoms, molecules and chemical reac-
tions;

c) modern methods for acquiring, analyzing and
retrieving data.

Students considering a major in chemistry should
consult a member of the department as soon as
possible, even if their lower division advisors are not

1995-1997 Catalog

in chemistry. While there is considerable flexibility in
course selection, particularly at the upper level, the
sequence of courses and prerequisites requires careful
planning of both lower level and upper level courses.

Requirements for the Major

Courses required in the discipline:

101-lOlL, 102-102L or equivalent, preferably in
first year;

201, 202-202L, 301, 302, 312, 342, 343 m sequence
The non-ACS approved major requires an addi-
tional 9 hours beyond the core listed above. The
major approved by the ACS requires an additional
13 hours beyond the core. In both cases these hours
may be in advanced chemistry, biology, mathemat-
ics and/or physics, as approved by the department.
For those students electing the ACS approved
program in Chemistry with a Biochemistry
emphasis, courses in addition to the 30-hour core
must include:

Chemistry 300, 300L, 400; 410 (Bio- inorganic) or
490; Biology 316

Course selections at the advanced level should
reflect the student's particular interests, abilities
and career goals.

All three of the major options described above also
require courses in mathematics (8 hours) and
physics (10 hours) in addition to the 30-hour core
of chemistry courses.

Courses required outside of the discipline:
Mathematics 118, 119

Physics 1 10 and 1 11 , to be completed prior to
Chemistry 301
Physics 242, 243

Courses recommended for the major:
Additional mathematics, advanced biology or
advanced physics

Reading knowledge of a modem language, prefer-
ably German

lOlf. FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF MATTER
AND REACTIONS (3)

Introduction to structure of matter, ranging from atoms
to biochemical macromolecules; and the basis of
chemical reactions, including types of reactions common
to inorganic organic and biochemical systems.
Corequisite: lOlL

53

Chemistry

1 1 Lf . BASIC LABORATORY METHODS { 1 )

Experimental methods in basic scientific measurement,
elementary synthesis and analysis.
Corequisite: 101

102 s. PERIODICITY AND CHEMICAL
REACTIONS (3)

Chemistry of the elements and their compounds, with
emphasis on periodic relationships. A more detailed
examination of the quantitative aspects of chemical
reactions than seen in Chemistry 10 L
Prerequisite: 101
Corequisite: 102L

102Ls. BASIC LABORATORY METHODS II (1)

Experimental methods to analyze elementary inorganic
reactions both quantitatively and qualitatively.
Corequisite: 102

200f,s. TUTORIAL (1-3)

Individualized study designed primarily to accommodate
transfer, advanced placement students or students from
nontraditional programs. Topics and credit are
determined by a student's needs. Combination of lecture
and laboratory hours varies with area of study.

201f. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I (4)

Systematic study of the chemistry of aliphatic and
aromatic hydrocarbon compounds, including their
derivatives, such as alkyl halides and alcohols. Stere-
ochemistry, electronic effects, resonance theory, acid-
base properties and reaction mechanisms emphasized.
The laboratory introduces students to fundamental
experimental techniques of organic chemistry. Aspects of
chromatography and spectroscopy are explored.
3 LEC, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 101, 102 or the equivalent background as
determined by results of the departmental placement/
exemption examination and faculty-student conference

202s. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (3)

Continuation of Organic Chemistry I. The
chemistry of carbonyl compounds and amines is
examined in detail. The mechanisms of important
organic reactions and the applications of these reactions
to organic synthesis are studied.
Prerequisite: 201

202Ls. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II
LABORATORY

Qualitative organic analysis and multistep organic

synthesis.

Corequisite: 202

(2)

(3)

21 Of. BIO-INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Drug design/therapy and toxicity described through
molecular structure and chemical activity; elements both
essential and toxic to humans viewed in terms of overall
chemical reactivity; nerve impulses regulated by alkali
metals; transition metals as catalysts.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 102, 102L
Not of ered 1995-96

300f. BIOCHEMISTRY I (3)

Fundamentals of biochemistry. Study of biomolecules,
catabolic and biosynthetic pathways and storage,
transmission and expression of genetic information.
Prerequisite: 202

300Ls. BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY I

(1)

Fundamental biochemical laboratory methods including
the study of acid-base properties of amino acids and
proteins, spectrophotometric characterization, chromato-
graphic separation techniques and electrophoresis.
Prerequisite: 202, 202L

301f. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I (3)

General principles of thermodynamics and equilibria. A

study of gas phase kinetics, solution dynamics and

catalysis.

Prerequisites: 202, 202L; Mathematics 118, 119;

Physics 110, 111

Mathematics 205 recommended

302s. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II (3)

Quantum theory, as applied in chemistry, including
structure and spectral relationships. General principles of
statistical mechanics.
Prerequisite: 301

312s. CHEMICAL ANALYSIS

Advanced study of the instrumental and theoretical

approaches for complete analysis.

Prerequisite: 301; Physics 242

Corequisite: 302

Prerequisite or corequisite: Physics 243

(3)

342f. PHYSICOCHEMICAL METHODS OF

EXPERIMENTATION I (2)

Comprehensive course in essential methods for acquisi-

54

Agnes Scott College

Chemistry, Classical Languages and Literatures

tion and interpretation of physical/analytical data.
Emphasis on spectroscopy, fundamental chemometrics
and molecular modeling.
Prerequisite or corequisite: 301; Physics 242

343 s. PHYSICOCHEMICAL METHODS OF

EXPERIMENTATION II (2)

Continuation of Chemistry 342. Second semester
problems include measurement of systems at equilibrium
(acid-base and redox processes), kinetics, chromatogra-
phy and separations.
Prerequisite or corequisite: 302, 312, 342; Physics 243

400s. BIOCHEMISTRY II ( 3 )

Fundamentals ot biophysical and bio-analytical chemis-
try. Advanced experimental techniques for characteriza-
tion of macromolecules, separation methods, enzyme
kinetics, radiochemical techniques. Combination of
lecture and laboratory.
Prerequisite: 300, 300L, 302, 312, 342, 343

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Tutorial in an advanced topic of special interest to a
chemistry major. The nature of the topic determines
inclusion of a laboratory component. Each spring the
department lists topics available for study the following
year.
Prerequisite: varies according to topic

43 1 f. MODERN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY ( 3 )

Current theories ot bonding and structure, stereochemis-
try and reaction mechanisms involving both main group
elements and transition metals. Selected topics in
organometallic and bio-inorganic chemistry.
Prerequisite: 302
Not offered 1995-96

44 If. SYNTHETIC METHODS AND

CHARACTERIZATION (4)

Synthesis of inorganic and organometallic compounds.
Inert atmosphere and vacuum-line techniques.
Nonaqueous chemistry. Spectroscopic characterization of
compounds. Combination of lecture and laboratory.
Prerequisite: 342, 343
Prerequisite or corequisite: 431
Not offered 1995-96

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research conducted under the supervision
ot a member of the department. Thesis and seminar
presentation of results are required. Departmental
recommendation for admission to the program is

necessary and depends on choice of a suitable research

problem, demonstrated potential for chemical research

and student motivation tor pursuing the laboratory and

non-laboratory aspects of the project.

Prerequisite: 302, 312, 342, 343

Corequisite: appropriate advanced courses, as approved

by the department

Classical
Languages and
Literatures

Associate Professors:

Gail Cahisius
Sally A. MacEwen

The student of classics analyzes the Uterary and
artistic works of ancient Greece and Rome,
reconstructs the values and histories of those
distant societies and examines their philosophical
thought. In addition, she comes to understand the
intellectual roots of our culture and many of our
traditions and institutions. The multidisciplinary
approach of classical study helps the student develop
skills in language, in analysis of social and historical
problems and in the appreciation of art and literature.
These skills can be applied to many careers and
professions after graduation.

The Department of Classical Languages and
Literatures offers courses in Greek and Latin languages
and in classical civilization from texts in English. The
department offers a choice of majors in Classical
Languages and Literatures, specializing in the study of
ancient languages and literatures and Classical
Civilization, combining the study of an ancient
language with courses in classical civilization. Students
who plan to do graduate study in classics should
choose the major in Classical Languages and
Literatures and every student considering a major in
classics is urged to take Greek or Latin in her first year.

J 995- i 997 Catalog

55

Classical Languages and Literatures

Requirements for the Majors

Classical Languages and Literatures

At least 24 hours in Greek or Latin, of which at

least 12 must be at the 300-level or higher. Other

courses in Greek, Latin or classics.

Classical Civilization

9 hours of Greek or Latin at the intermediate level

(200-level) or above

Classics 221 and 222

Other courses in Greek, Latin, Classics, Philosophy

206, Art 201 or other related courses as approved

by the department

Requirements for the Minors

Classical Civilization

Completion of the second year of an ancient

language, including 6 hours at Agnes Scott

Four courses in translation

Greek or Latin

Fifteen hours in the language

Classics 221 (Greek) or Classics 222 (Latin)

Greek

10 If. ELEMENTARY

The essentials of grammar.

(4)

102s. ELEMENTARY (4)

Readings from Greek authors, especially New Testament

writers.

Prerequisite: 101 or 2 entrance credits

Literature courses in Greek are offered at the 200 and 300
level. Students in both levels meet at the same time, but
advanced students are required to do more work. Exceptions
to the prerequisites to these courses rrmy be granted by the
department.

211/311f. PLATO (3)

Exemplary pieces of Plato's writing reflecting the
teachings of Socrates and the philosophy of Plato.
Prerequisite for 211: Greek 102 or 3 entrance credits;
for 3 1 1 : 6 hours of 200-level Greek
Offered 1995-96 and every third year

2 12/3 12s. DRAMA (3)

One or two plays, including discussion of myth, metrics
and production.

Prerequisite for 212: Greek 102 or 3 entrance credits;
for 312:6 hours ot 200-level Greek
Offered 1995-96 ar\d every third year

215/315f. HOMER (3)

Iliad or Odyssey. The first heroes of Western literature in

the first pieces of ancient writing.

Prerequisite for 215: Greek 102 or 3 entrance credits;

for 315: 6 hours ot 200-level Greek

Offered 1 996-97 and ever)i third year

2 16/3 16s. HERODOTUS (3)

"The Father ot History," his methods, style and favorite

themes.

Prerequisite for 216: Greek 102 or 3 entrance credits;

for 316: 6 hours of 200-level Greek

Offered 1 996-97 and every third year

217/31 7f . HESIOD AND THE LYRIC POETS (3 )

Selected poetry representing the vigor and creativity of

the Archaic Age of Greece.

Prerequisite for 217: Greek 102 or 3 entrance credits;

for 317: 6 hours of 200-level Greek

Offered 1 997-98 arui every third year

2 18/3 18s. COMEDY (3)

One or two plays of Aristophanes with consideration of

the political climate of his time.

Prerequisite for 218: Greek 102 or 3 entrance credits;

for 318: 6 hours of 200-level Greek

Offered 1 997-98 and every third year

221L/32lLf. (Classics 22 IL) (History 22 IL)

HISTORY OF GREEK CIVILIZATION, GREEK
COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 22 IL for description.

23lL/33lLs. (Classics 33 IL) (Anthropology 33 IL)
(Latin 23 IL) (Latin 33 IL) MYTHOLOGICAL
PATTERNS AND THEMES, GREEK AND
LATIN COMPONENT ( 1 )

See Classics 33 IL for description.

241L/341LS. (Classics 341L) (Sociology 341L)

(Women's Studies 341L) (Latin 241L) (Latin 341L)
FAMILY AND SOCIETY IN THE ANCIENT
WORLD, GREEK AND LATIN
COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 34 IL for description.

56

Agnes Scott College

Classical Languages and Literatures

350f,s. ADVANCED READING COURSES (1-5)

Selections from Greek prose and poetry not covered in

other courses, chosen to meet the needs of individual

students.

Prerequisite: 6 hours of 200-level Greek and permission

of the department

360s. GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION (2)

Prerequisite: 6 hours of 200-level Greek and permission
of the department

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

Latin

lOlf. ELEMENTARY

Fundamentals of Latin grammar.

(4)

102s. ELEMENTARY (4)

Readings from Latin authors, with emphasis on the love

poetry of Catullus.

Prerequisite: 101 or 2 entrance credits

20 If. INTERMEDIATE (3)

Review of Latin grammar with readings from Cicero and

other Latin authors.

Prerequisite: 102 or 3 entrance credits

202s. VERGIL'S AENEID I-VI (3)

Prerequisite: 201

This course can be used to satisfy either the Specific Standard
of the intermediate level of a Foreign Language or the
Distributioruil Standard of Literature , but not both.

222L/322Lf. (Classics 222L) (History 222L)

HISTORY OF ROMAN CIVILIZATION, LATIN
COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 222L for description.

231L/331Ls. (Classics 33 IL) (Anthropology 33 IL)
(Greek 23 IL) (Greek 33 IL) MYTHOLOGICAL
PATTERNS AND THEMES, GREEK AND
LATIN COMPONENT ( 1 )

See Classics 33 IL for description.

241L/341LS. (Classics 341L) (Sociology 341L)
(Women's Studies 34 IL) (Greek 24 IL) (Greek
34 IL) FAMILY AND SOCIETY IN THE
ANCIENT WORLD, GREEK AND LATIN
COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 34 IL for description.

Courses in Latin literature at the 300 level may be
repeated for credit if the readings are different. Excep-
tions to the prerequisites may be panted by the
department.

301f. EPIC (3)

Vergil's Aeneid VU-XU or sections from Metamorphoses of

Ovid will be used as examples of Roman adaptations of

Greek epic.

Prerequisite: 202 or 4 entrance credits

Offered 1 995-96 and every third year

302s. COMEDY (3)

Selected plays of Plautus and Terence, two of the earliest
Latin writers and the best representatives of New
Comedy.

Prerequisite: 202 or 4 entrance credits
Offered 1995-96 and every third year

3 1 1 f. DID ACTIO POETRY (3 )

Selections from Lucretius' De Rerum Natura or Vergil's

Georgics, poems that teach people how to live in

harmony with nature.

Prerequisite: 202 or 4 entrance credits

Offered 1 996-97 and everv third year

3 1 2s. HISTORICAL WRITING (3 )

Examinations of the assumptions of Latin historiography
with readings from Caesar, Sallust, Livy or Tacitus.
Prerequisite: 202 or 4 entrance credits
Offered J 996-97 and every third year

32 If. SATIRE (3)

The genre of satire, Rome's own creation, through
readings in the Latin satirists, principally Horace,
Martial, Juvenal or Petronius.
Prerequisite: 202 or 4 entrance credits
Offered 1 997-98 and every third year

322s. LYRIC POETRY (3)

Personal and intimate poetry of Horace in the Odes and

the elegiac poets.

Prerequisite: 202 or 4 entrance credits

Offered 1 997-98 and every third year

1995-1997 Catalog

57

Classical Lansua^es and Literatures

350f,s. ADVANCED READING COURSE (1-5)

Selections from Latin prose and poetry, not covered in

other courses, chosen to meet the needs of individual

students.

Prerequisite: 202 and permission of the department

360f. LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION (2)

Prerequisite: 202 and permission of the department

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

Classical Courses in English

22 If. (History 221) HISTORY OF GREEK

CIVILIZATION (3)

The literature, people and philosophy of Ancient Greece
from the Bronze Age to Hellenistic times, including the
basic outline of historical events and methods for
understanding history and culture.
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

IIXU (History 22 IL) (Greek 221L/321L). HISTORY
OF GREEK CIVILIZATION, GREEK
COMPONENT (1)

Reading in Greek of texts from the Homeric Age to
Hellenistic times.

Corequisite: Classics 221 (History 221)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor (for Greek
221L, Greek 101-102 or equivalent; for Greek 321L, one
year of 200-level Greek)

222f. (History 222) HISTORY OF ROMAN

CIVILIZATION (3)

The development of Roman institutions from the
Etruscan period through Constantine's adoption of
Christianity. The use of evidence from literature, art and
archaeology in constructing Roman social history.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

222L (History 222L) (Latin 222L/322L) HISTORY
OF ROMAN CIVILIZATION, LATIN
COMPONENT (1)

Reading in Latin of texts from the Roman Republic
through Constantine's Adoption of Christianity.
Corequisite: Classics 222 (History 222)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor (for Latin
222L, Latin 101-102 or equivalent, for Latin 322L, one
year of 200-level Latin)

242f. (Art 201) GREEK AND ROMAN ART

See Art 201 for description.

(3)

331s. (Anthropology 331)MYTHOLOGICAL

PATTERNS AND THEMES (3)

Comparison of themes in Greek, Near Eastern, African
and Amerindian myths. Modem literary and psychologi-
cal approaches to mythological configurations, such as
creation myths, divine archetypes, the trickster and the
hero cycle.
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

331Ls. (Anthropology 33 IL) (Greek 231L/331L)
(Latin 231L/331L). MYTHOLOGICAL
PATTERNS AND THEMES, GREEK AND
LATIN COMPONENT ( 1 )

Readmg myths in Greek and Latin texts.
Corequisite: Classics 331 (Anthropology 331)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor (for Greek or
Latin 231L, Greek or Latin 101-102 or equivalent; for
Greek or Latin 33 IL, one year of 200-level Greek or
Latin)

341s. (Sociology 341) (Women's Studies 341)

FAMILY AND SOCIETY IN THE CLASSICAL
WORLD (3)

Relationship of families and political structures in the
ancient Greek and Roman worlds. Methods for under-
standing them through drama, philosophy, rhetoric and
archaeology. Examination of the daily lives and experi-
ences of ancient people, especially workers, women,
children, slaves and others who left no written record.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

341Ls. (Sociology 341L) (Women's Studies 341L)
(Greek 241L/341L) (Latin 241L/341L) FAMILY
AND SOCIETY IN THE ANCIENT WORLD,
GREEK AND LATIN COMPONENT ( 1 )

Reading of texts in Greek or Latin relevant to study of

family and political structures in the ancient Greek and

Roman world.

Corequisite: Classics 341 (Sociology 341) (Women's

Studies 341)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor (for Greek or

Latin 241L, Greek or Latin 101-102 or equivalent; for

Greek or Latin 34 IL, one year of 200-level Greek or

Latin)

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Directed study to meet the individual needs of students

58

Agnes Scott College

Classical Lan^ua^es and Literatures , Economics

whose major is Classical Languages and Literatures or
Classical Civilization.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a memher of the department.

Economics

Professor:

Edmund J. Sheehey
Associate Professor:

Rosemary T. Curiniiigham
Visiting Professor:

Michael S. Johnson (1995-96)

Unemployment, inflation and poverty are
among the most important social
issues facing society. The economics curricu-
lum attempts to help students understand the basic
theories that explain such problems and the various
ways in which they might be alleviated. Economics
studies the ways in which individuals, groups and
nations combine scarce resources to produce, ex-
change ai-id consume goods and services.

The department offers courses in economic theory,
as well as a variety of electives, including interna-
tional, monetary and financial economics. The
department also offers business courses appropriate to
the College's liberal arts curriculum that are open to
all interested students. In addition to a traditional
economics major, students interested in a career in
business may pursue a major in Economics and
Business, while those who plan graduate study in
Economics may pursue the Mathematics-Economics
major.

Six courses from the following: Economics 303,

309, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 350, 351, 360, 380,

410, 490

One course in statistics (Mathematics 115, 328 or

Psychology 206)

A major in economics requires a minimum of 30

hours in Economics and one course in statistics.

Economics and Business:

Economics 104, 105, 211, 306, 307

At least three courses from the following:

Economics210, 212, 213, 217

Four additional courses from the department

One course in statistics (Mathematics 115, 328 or

Psychology 206)

A major in Economics and Business requires a

minimurn of 36 hours in Economics and one course

in statistics.

Requirements for the Minors

Economics:

Economics 104, 105 and either 306 or 307

Three of the following courses: 303, 306 or 307 (if

not taken as a required course), 309, 314, 315, 316,

334,338,350,351,360,380

Economics and Business:

Economics 104, 105 and either 306 or 307

Three of the following courses: 210, 211, 212, 213,

217

One other course offered by the department not

already taken as a required course

104f,s. INTRODUCTORY MACROECONOMICS (3)

Causes ot unemployment, intlatu)n and economic
growth, including the role of government fiscal and
monetary policy.

105f,s. INTRODUCTORY MICROECONOMICS (3)

Emphasis on the operation of a market economy.

104 arid 105 satisfy the Distributional Standard in the Social

Sciences.

Requirements for the Majors

Economics:

Economics 104, 105, 306, 307

21 Of. INVESTMENTS

The importance ot financial investments to the
economy. The stmcture of different markets and the
theories behind the pricing of certain assets explored.

(3)

1995-1997 Catalog

59

Economics

Students manage a hypothetical portfoUo for the

duration ot the semester.

Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in the Social

Sciences

21 If. ACCOUNTING I (3)

Introduction to the principles of accounting theory and

the application of these principles in business and

government.

Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Social Sciences

212s. ACCOUNTING II (3)

A continuation of 2 11 .
Prerequisite: 21 1

Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Social Sciences

213s. MARKETING (3)

Planning organizing and controlling the marketing
function in a corporate setting.

Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Social Sciences
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

217 i. THEORIES OF MANAGEMENT AND

ORGANIZATION (3)

Change and development in and the management of
complex organizations.

Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Social Sciences
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

303f. LABOR ECONOMICS (3)

Labor-management relations, the labor movement, the

laws and public policies governing labor and their

economic impact in terms of wages, prices and national

income.

Prerequisite: 104 or permission of the instructor

Not offered 1995-96

306s. MICROECONOMICS (3)

Advanced study of the operation of markets with
emphasis on consumer demand theory, theory of the
firm, differing market structures and the pricing and
employment of inputs. General equilibrium and the role
of the government in markets are discussed.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

307f. MACROECONOMICS (3)

General model is developed to analyze theories of
inflation and unemployment. Evaluation of theoretical
bases for different monetary and fiscal policies.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

309s. MONEY AND BANKING (3)

Evolution of the banking system and related issues ot

public policy. Analysis of monetary factors and their

impact on economic activity.

Prerequisite: 104

Prerequisite or corequisite: 105

3 1 4f . HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT ( 3 )

Evolution of economic theories and doctrines as seen

through the works of the leaders of the various schools of

thought.

Prerequisite: 104, 105

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

315s. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 315)

COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (3)

From Marxism to market economics. Comparative study
of economic planning and stability, labor movements,
income policy, agriculture, economic growth and trade.
Contrasts drawn among Russian, German, Japanese,
Swedish and U.S. systems.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

316f. AMERICAN ECONOMIC GROWTH AND
DEVELOPMENT (3)

Development of the U.S. economy from colonial times
to 1929. Emphasis on economic analysis applied to major
historical issues and institutions such as mercantilism,
trade policies, monetary institutions, slavery; and major
industries such as canals, railroads, steel, oil and
agriculture.

Prerequisite: 104, 105
Offered 1996-97 and alternate years

334s. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 334) ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT (3)

Historical patterns and contemporary theories of

economic development are used to clarify major issues

such as the distribution of income, stabilization policy

and problems of trade and finance.

Prerequisite: 104, 105

Offered 1995-96 and alterrmte years

338f. ECONOMIC FORECASTING (3)

Study of sampling, statistical significance, correlation
and regression analysis with emphasis placed on their
application to economic problems.
Prerequisite: 104, 105; a course in statistics or permis-
sion of the instructor

60

Agnes Scott College

Economics, Education

350f. INTERNATIONAL TRADE (3)

Gains trom trade and the theory and policy of trade
protection. The economics ot the multinational
corporation.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

351s. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (3)

Analysis of foreign exchange markets and the balance of
payments. Discussion of various mechanisms and policies
by which nations achieve equilibrium in the balance of
payments.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

360s. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF LATIN
AMERICA (3)

Problems of economic development in Latin America

emphasizing their historical roots and theories that

attempt to explain them. Selected policy issues discussed

in relation to a particular country.

Prerequisite: 104 or 105

Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

380s. CURRENT ECONOMIC ISSUES (3)

Use of economic analysis to understand a set of current
policy issues chosen by the students and the instructor.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

Education

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY

Supervised intensive study in a special field of
economics.

(2-4)

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

Associate Professor:

Myrtle H. Lewin
Assistant Professors:

Ruth S. Bettandorff, Associate Dean of the College
Julie A. Weisberg, Director of Teacher Education

Progravns
Jane West
Instructor:

Gue P. Hudson, Dean of Students

The education program offers teacher certifica-
tion for Early Childhood (grades P-5), Middle
Grades (4-8), Secondary, Foreign Languages
(P-12) and Music (P-12). Completion of one of Agnes
Scott's approved programs leads to initial certification
in Georgia; certification in other states may also be
obtained. Teacher education at Agnes Scott is a
college-wide enterprise; students major in a discipline
other than Education.

A student interested in teaching should contact the
director of the teacher education program as early as
possible in her college career. Students will be assisted
in planning necessary courses to fulfill certification
requirements.

The programs are designed to include both theo-
retical understandings of learning processes and
instructional content and practical approaches to
classroom planning and management. Internships in
the field are required for several courses; summer
experiences in programs such as Head Start, day-care
centers, summer schools and camps are encouraged. In
addition, the professional semester involves procedures
and materials of instruction, extensive classroom
observation and teaching and advanced study of pupils
and school organization.

Students involved in the professional semester may
not work in off-campus jobs; work performed on-
campus must be negotiated after consultation with the
director of the teacher education program.

1995-J997Cataiog

61

EducatioTi

Early Childhood (P'5)

Certification Requirements

Psychology 121, preferably prior to the junior year

Completion of any major offered by the College

Education 200, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 370, 380,

420,421,440

Completion of courses designated as special fields

for the elementary teacher:

1 . One course each in methods of teaching art,
music and physical education
(Education 401, 402, 403)

2. Two courses in sciences and mathematics: one
course in laboratory science (biology recom-
mended) and one course in mathematics (101 or
117 or 118). Mathematics 104 recommended.

3. Two courses in social sciences: one course in
history (United States history recommended)
and an additional course in political science,
economics or sociology

4- A program of noncredit directed reading in
children's literature (with subsequent evalua-
tion) approved by the Department of Education
or a summer-session course in children's

literature
Recommended course: EDU 203

Middle Grades (4-8)

Certification Requirements

Psychology 121, preferably prior to the junior year
Completion of any major offered by the College
Education 200, 305, 370, 380, 440, 460, 461
Methods courses (Education 304, 306, 307, 308) in
areas of concentration.

Completion of a primary and a secondary area of
concentration. The primary area must contain a
minimum of 1 7 semester hours.
The primary areas are:

1. Language Arts. Concentration must include
English 101 and 102 or 103 and 104 and a
program of noncredit directed reading in
adolescent literature approved by the depart-
ment for the summer before the senior year or a

summer-session course in adolescent literature

2. Science. Concentration must include coverage
in at least three of the following areas: physics,
biology, chemistry, earth science, physical
science (Education 308 will satisfy one of the
areas.)

3. Social Studies. Concentration must include
History 108 or 109 and a program of noncredit
directed reading in geography approved by the
department or a summer-session course in
geography

4. Mathematics. Concentration must include
Mathematics 118, 150,314

The secondary area of concentration must contain
a minimum of 13 semester hours. The secondary
areas include language arts, science, social studies,
mathematics, art and music.
Recommended course: EDU 203

Secondary

Certification Requirements

Psychology 121, preferably prior to the junior year

Completion of a major in one of the fields approved

for certification: biology, chemistry, economics,

English, history, mathematics, political science,

science (biology, chemistry or physics)

Education 200, 311, 312, 380, 430, 431, 440

Additional requirements:

English majors: Education 305 (required) and 304

(recommended); a noncredit program of directed

reading in adolescent literature.

Mathematics majors: Mathematics

150,314

Recommended course: EDU 203

Music Education Program (P'12)

Certification Requirements

Psychology 121, preferably prior to the junior year

Courses required for the music major

Music 205 and 311

Courses in elementary methods, secondary methods

and choral methods and materials to he completed

62

Agnes Scott College

Education

under the cross-registration program.

Education 200; 380, 425, 426, 440

Additional requirements:

Four years of participation in an ensemble most

appropriate to the student's major instrument.

A minimum of two years of participation in a vocal

ensemble.

At least one ensemble experience in an area that

makes use of a secondary performance medium.

Recommended course: EDU 203.

Education 370
Education 460, 461
Minimum hours: 17
Secondary Fields

Education 311 (internship), 312
Education 430, 43 1
Minimum hours: 1 5
Post-baccalaureate candidates must meet the same
requirements for admission to Teacher Education as
Agnes Scott College undergraduates .

Foreign Language Education (P'12)

Certification Requirements

Psychology 121, preferably prior to the junior year

Completion of a major in one of the foreign

languages approved for certification: French,

German, Greek, Latin, Spanish

Education 200; 311, 312, 380, 445, 446; 440

Additional requirements:

For modem foreign language majors, a course in the

culture and civilization of the country whose

language is being studied.

A foreign language methods course at either the

elementary or secondary level, as appropriate.

Recommended course: EDU 203

200f,s. (PSYCHOLOGY 200) HUMAN LIFE SPAN
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3)

See Psychology 200 for description.
Prerequisite: Psychology 121

203f. (SOCIOLOGY 217) SCHOOLS AND
SOCIETY

See Sociology 217 for description.

Prerequisite: Sociology 101 or Anthropology 101

(3)

304f. TEACHING OF COMMUNICATION

ARTS ELEMENTARY ( 3 )

Designed to develop special techniques in the teaching
of reading, writing, speaking and listening; and to study
materials (including media) used in instruction.
3 LEG, 1 hour in an elementary classroom per week
Prerequisite: directed reading in children's literature
during the preceding summer

Post'Baccalaureate Students
Seeking Certification

Certification Requirements

For each certification program, the following

courses must be taken at Agnes Scott:

Early Childhood (P-5)

Two methods courses with internship (Education

304, 305, 306, 307, 308)

Education 370

Education 420, 421

Minimum hours: 17

Middle Grades

2 methods courses (in primary and secondary

concentration areas) with internships (Education

304, 305, 306, 307, 308)

305s. TEACHING OF READING-
ELEMENTARY (3)

Effective instructional methods and appropriate media
and materials for teaching reading. Diagnosis of reading
problems and integration of reading with other content
areas are included.
3 LEG, 1 hour in an elementary classroom per week

306 f. TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES-
ELEMENTARY (2)

Designed to acquaint the student with methods,
materials (including media) and content of the social
studies program in the elementary school.
2 LEG, 1 hour in an elementary classroom per week

307s. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS-
ELEMENTARY (3)

Techniques, media and materials used in teaching
mathematics in the elementary school.

1995-1997 Catalog

63

Education

3 LEG, 1 hour in an elementary classroom per week
Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or 117 or 118

308f. TEACHING OF SCIENCE-
ELEMENTARY (3)

Techniques, media and materials used in teaching

science in the elementary school.

3 LEG, 1 hour in an elementary classroom per week

Prerequisite: Astronomy 120, 121; or Biology 100, 102

or 105; or Chemistry 101, lOlL, 102, 102L; or Physics

110,111

31 If. THE TEACHING PROCESS-
SECONDARY (2)

Teaching strategies and instructional media with

application in secondary schools.

1 LEG, 2 hours in a secondary classroom

per week

Open to majors in English, foreign languages, social studies,

mathematics and sciences

Corequisite: 312

Open to seniors only (others by permission of the instructor)

312f. SPECIAL METHODS OF TEACHING-
SECONDARY (3)

Methods, materials and content of secondary school

subject-matter areas.

Open to majors in English, foreign languages, social studies,

nuithematics and sciences

Corequisite: 311

Open to seniors only (others by permission of the instructor)

370f. CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT: THEORY
AND PRACTICE (2)

Investigations of two major educational questions: How
should a curriculum be determined? What should the
curriculum of an educational institution be?
Prerequisite: 304, 305 or 306 or 307 or 308 or 311-312
or permission of the instructor

380f. CHILDREN AND YOUTH WITH SPECIAL
NEEDS (3)

Major areas of exceptionality, including identification

and teaching of children and youth with such

exceptionalities.

3 LEG, 1 hour in a special classroom a week

401s. TEACHING ART IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL (2)

Methods, materials and techniques used in teaching art
in the elementary school.
Corequisite: 402, 403, 420, 421, 440

402s. TEACHING MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL (2)

Methods, materials and techniques used in teaching
music in the elementary school.
Corequisite: 401, 403, 420, 421, 440

403s. TEACHING PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (2)

Methods, materials and techniques used in teaching
physical education in the elementary school.
Corequisite: 401, 402, 420, 421, 440

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY

Supervised study in a selected field of education.

(2-4)

440s. AMERICAN EDUCATION (2)

Historical background and current issues in education.
Corequisite: 420-421, 425-426, 430-431, 445-446 or
460-461

THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER

Contingent upon the permission of the teacher educa-
tion advisory group, students who have shown appropri-
ate scholastic aptitude and personality traits may enroll
in the professional semester.

Candidates planning for the professional semester must
apply for admission to the teacher education program
during the spring semester of the junior year.
Applications for admission to the teacher education
program may be obtained from the director of teacher
education programs. Candidates must fulfill these
minimum requirements to be considered for admission to
the teacher education program:

1. Cumulative grade-point average of 2.5 or higher

2. Grade-point average in major of 2.5 or higher

3. No grade lower than G in a course required for certifica-
tion (no pass/fail in certification courses)

4- Appropriate faculty recommendations
5. Demonstrated interpersonal behavior necessary for
effective teaching

64

Agnes Scott College

Edvication

Early Childhood
Education (P'5)

420s. STUDENT TEACHING,

EARLY CHILDHOOD CERTIFICATION P-5 (9)

Professional experience for students seeking Early

Childhood Certification.

Prerequisite: Psychology 121; 200, 304, 305, 306, 307,

308, 370, 380

Corequisite: 401, 402, 403, 421, 440

421s. PROBLEMS SEMINAR FOR EARLY

CHILDHOOD CERTIFICATION P-5 (2)

Individual and group study of children and of curriculum
based on experiences in 420.
Corequisite: 420, 440

Middle Grades
Education (4-8)

460s. STUDENT TEACHING, MIDDLE GRADES
CERTIFICATION 4-8 (9)

Professional experience for students seeking Middle

Grades certification.

Prerequisite: 305, 370, 380; completion of primary and

secondary areas of concentration and methods courses in

areas of concentration

Corequisite: 461, 440

461s. PROBLEMS SEMINAR FOR MIDDLE

GRADES CERTIFICATION 4-8 (2)

Individual and group study of children and curriculum
based on experiences in 460.
Corequisite: 460, 440

Secondary School

430s. STUDENT TEACHING, SECONDARY

SCHOOL CERTIFICATION (9)

Professional experience for students seeking secondary

certification.

Prerequisite: Psychology 121; 200, 311, 312, 380

Additional prerequisite for English majors: 305

Corequisite: 43 1 , 440

431s. PROBLEMS SEMINAR FOR SECONDARY
SCHOOL CERTIFICATION (2)

Individual and group study of youth and curriculum
based on experiences in 430.
Corequisite: 430, 440

Music Education (P'12)

425s. STUDENT TEACHING,

MUSIC EDUCATION CERTIFICATION P-12 (9)

Professional experience for students seeking Music
Education certification.
Prerequisite: 341, 342, 343, 380
Corequisite: 426, 440
Not o^ered J 995-96

426s. PROBLEMS SEMINAR FOR MUSIC

EDUCATION CERTIFICATION P-12 ( 2 )

Individual and group study of learners and of curriculum
based on experiences in 425.
Corequisite: 425, 440
Not otfered J 995-96

Foreign Language Education (P'12)

445s. STUDENT TEACHING, FOREIGN

LANGUAGE EDUCATION CERTIFICATION
P-12 (9)

Professional experience for students seeking Foreign

Language Education Certification (French, German,

Greek, Latin, Spanish).

Prerequisite: Psychology 121; 200; 311,312, 380,

foreign language methods course

Corequisite: 446, 440

446s. PROBLEMS SEMINAR FOR FOREIGN

LANGUAGE EDUCATION P-12 (2)

Individual and group study of learners and of curriculum
based on experiences in 445.
Corequisites: 445, 440

1995-1997 Catalog

65

Endish

English

Professors:

Bona W. Ball

Linda L. Hubert (on sabbatical 1995-96)

Patricia G. Pinka
Associate Professors:

Christopher Ames

Christine S. Cozzens

Steven R. Guthrie

Peggy Thompson
Visiting Assistant Professor:

Waqas A. Khwa]a( 1995-96)

The curriculum in English is constructed to give
the student a breadth of knowledge and a
depth of understanding of English and
American literature. It also provides her with the
opportunity to learn to read literature with perception
and delight, to write about it critically and
imaginatively and to develop her abilities as a creative
writer. EnglishlOl/102 are service courses for the
College in which a student sharpens her writing skills
and improves her critical and analytical reading.

A student majoring in English is required to take
work in five of six areas: medieval literature and
linguistic studies, sixteenth-century English literature,
seventeenth- or eighteenth-century English literature,
nineteenth-century English literature, twentieth-
century literature and American literature. She has a
choice of courses within each area.

In addition to the basic English major, the depart-
ment offers an interdisciplinary major in English
Literature-Creative Writing.

With the approval of the department, a student
may plan a program of concentrated study in which
she emphasizes her major interests in literature and
chooses complementary courses from other disciplines.
For example, she may plan a program in medieval
studies, Renaissance studies or American studies.

The department provides the opportunity for its
majors to study at British universities in the junior
year and to participate in internships in the senior
year.

66

The Writing Workshop

At the Writing Workshop (located in Buttrick Hall
306), trained student tutors and the workshop director,
a faculty member, assist students working on papers or
other writing assignments for courses (see p. 6) .

English

Requirements for the Major

English 101/102 or 103/104 are not included in
the minimum of 30 hours taken for the major.
One of the following (or equivalent):

211, 212, 213, 214. (The department urges students

considering a major in English to elect a year-long

survey of British or American literature in the

sophomore year. )

English 480 and at least one course from five of

the six areas:

306, 308, 309

313,314,315,316

318,319,328,329

321,322,338

331,332,333,334

320, 323, 336

Six hours in creative uniting or advanced composition

may be counted towards the major hours .

English Literature-
Creative Writing

One of the following (or equivalent):

211,212,213,214

Literature courses required:

One course each from four of the six 300-level areas

listed above

Creative Writing courses required:

Three of the following: 201, 202, 203, 341, 342,

344

One of the following: 415, 490

Courses recommended for the major: 480

Requirements for the Minor

A minor in English must contain at least 18 hours
excluding credits received for English 101-104. The

Agnes Scott College

Enfiiish

student may design her own program to reflect a
particular interest or emphasis, such as a focus on a
genre or literary period. The program must have the
approval of the chair of the Department of English.
English 101 and 102 are the basic courses for all
other luork in the department, except for students
admitted to English 103 and 104. A student is admitted
to English 1 03 and 1 04 by the chair of the department
011 the basis of the CEEB verbal score , English
Achievement Test score and secondary school record.

1 1 f . LITERATURE AND COMPOSITION ( 3 )

Combines the writing of analytic, expository and
research papers with the close, critical reading and
discussion of literature by authors of diverse cultural
backgrounds. Wcirks studied include short stories, novels,
drama, poetry, nonfiction essays and film. Provides
orientation to library and computer facilities. Frequent
individual conferences.

1 01 Lf ; 102Ls. WRITING LABORATORY (0)

The Writing Laboratory (usually taken in conjunction
with English 101 and 102) develops skills that provide a
foundation tor all written course work at Agnes Scott.
The course familiarizes students with the writing process
through reading, writing, discussions, word processing
exercises and conferences. Enrollment in the lab is
limited and is determined by the Department of English.

Literature

102s. LITERATURE AND COMPOSITION

Continuation of 101.
Prerequisite: 101

(3)

103f. HONORS LITERATURE AND

COMPOSITION (3)

Approaches to literary texts designed for the student
with special talent and interest in English. Writing of
critical and imaginative papers on literature and film.
Provides orientation to library and computer facilities.
Frequent individual conferences.

104s. HONORS LITERATURE AND
COMPOSITION

Continuation of 103.
Prerequisite; 103

(3)

2 1 Os. ADVANCED COMPOSITION ( 3 )

Expository writing for the student who wishes to develop
and refine her use of language and her understanding of
the writing process. Includes an introduction to theories
of teaching writing.

English 211, 212, 213 or 214 is a prerequisite to the other
courses in literature unless a student has received
advanced placement credit in literature or unless she has
been exempted from taking 200'level courses upon
recommendation of her instructor in English 101-102
or 103-104.

21 If. MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS,

c. 1350 to 1674 (3)

Major literary texts in historical context and sequence.
Writers include Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Donne
and Milton.

212s. MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS, 1674 TO THE
PRESENT (3)

Continuation of English 211. Writers will be chosen
from a group including Swift, Pope, Austen,
Wordsworth, Keats, Tennyson, Browning, Yeats
and Eliot.

213/331f. EARLY AMERICAN WRITERS (3)

American writers from the colonial beginnings to the
American Renaissance. Texts considered in historical,
social and intellectual context. Writers include
Bradstreet, Wheatly, Irving, Poe, Emerson, Hawthorne
and others.

Students in 213 and 331 attend classes together most of
the term, but advanced students are expected to do work
of greater sophistication and difficulty. Special focus on
Melville in 331.

214s. MODERN AMERICAN WRITERS (3)

American literature from the second halt ot the nine-
teenth century to the present. Selected readings from
such diverse writers as Dickinson, Twain, James, Gather,
Hurston, Baldwin, Roth and others.

216s. (Women's Studies 216) TOPICS ON WOMEN
AND LITERATURE ( 3 )

Thematic or generic studies of works authored by
women; focus on the role of women in works by male
and female writers; special attention to a selected woman
writer or group of writers; and/or teminist approaches to
the study of literature.
Topic for 1995-96: African- American Women Writers

230s. INTRODUCTION TO FILM STUDY

An approach to film from a variety c^t perspectives:

(3)

1995-/997 Catalog

67

English

historical study, formal and technical analysis of classic
Hollywood cinema, attention to specific directors and
genres and feminist critique of film.
Does not satisfy distributional standard in literature

306f. CHAUCER (3)

The Canterbury Tales and selected pre-Canterbury works.

308s. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH
LANGUAGE

The origins and development of the language, from
Anglo-Saxon to modem English.
Offered J 995-96 arvi alternate years

309s. DANTE

The Divine Comedy in translation.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years
Does not satisfy distributional standard in literature

313s. SHAKESPEARE

The comedies and histories.

3 14f. SHAKESPEARE

The tragedies.

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)

315s. MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE DRAMA
(Excluding Shakespeare) (3)

Samples of medieval mystery and morality plays.
Explores the varied developing genre of the Renaissance.
Authors include Kyd, Marlowe, Dekker, Jonson,
Middleton and Webster.
Offered 1995-96

316f. SIXTEENTH-CENTURY ENGLISH

POETRY (3)

A study of the major poetic theories, forms and works of
Tudor England. Selections from The Faerie Queen^ some
early English sonnets. The Defense of Poesy and the
sonnet sequences of Sidney, Spenser and Shakespeare.
Offered 1 996-97 ar\d alternate years

318f. POETRY AND PROSE

OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY (3 )

Emphasis on the writings of Donne, Jonson, Herbert,
Herrick, Marvell, Bacon and Browne.
Offered J 995-96 and alternate years

319s. MILTON (3)

Most of the English poetry and selections from the prose.

320s. MODERN POETRY (3)

Study of British and American poetry of the twentieth

century, with a focus on the early modernist period.

Poets studied include Yeats, Eliot, Williams, H.D.,

Marianne Moore, Wallace Stevens and Langston

Hughes.

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

32 If. ENGLISH ROMANTIC POETRY (3 )

Primary emphasis upon the poetry of Wordsworth,
Coleridge and Keats, along with selected poems of
Shelley and Byron.

322s. VICTORIAN POETRY (3)

Tennyson, Browning, Arnold and Hopkins.
Offered J 995-96 and alternate years

323s. MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY

DRAMA (3)

A selection of plays by playwrights from Ibsen to the

present, with concern for the relationship between text

and performance.

Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

Does not satisfy distributional standard in literature

328f. RESTORATION AND EIGHTEENTH-
CENTURY LITERATURE (3)

Emphasis on satire and prose fiction from 1660 to 1800.
Authors chosen from Dryden, Swift, Pope, Fielding,
Richardson, Johnson and Austen, as well as writers who
traditionally have been neglected.

329s. ENGLISH DRAMA FROM DRYDEN TO
SHERIDAN (3)

Ranges over tragedies and comedies written between
1660 and 1800. Dramatists include Dryden, Behn,
Wycherley, Congreve, Centlivre, Goldsmith and
Sheridan. Attention paid to cultural contexts as well as
evolving literary traditions.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

33 If. EARLY AMERICAN WRITERS (3)

See English 213 for description.
Not o^ered 1995-96

332f. REALISM AND NATURALISM IN

AMERICAN LITERATURE (3)

Emphasis on figures writing from 1880 to 1920,
who express the dominant literary modes of the
time, with attention to their influence on later
writers. Authors include Twain, James, Wharton,

68

Agnes Scott College

English

O'Neill, Crane and others.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

333s. TWENTIETH-CENTURY AMERICAN

FICTION (3)

Focus on fiction from 1920 to the present, including the
work of such writers as Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Ellison,
Malamud, Oates and others.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

334f. SOUTHERN LITERATURE (3)

Readings in the literature of the American South of the
twentieth century with emphasis on such figures as
Ransom, Faulkner, Warren, O'Connor, Welty and
Walker.
O^ered J 996-97

336f. THE MODERN BRITISH NOVEL (3)

Study of twentieth-century novels with an emphasis on
modernist experimentation with novel form. Writers
studied generally include Conrad, Forster, Joyce, Woolf,
Lawrence, Waugh and Beckett.

337s. POSTMODERN FICTION (3)

A study of experimental fiction written in the second
half of the twentieth century. Works studied are drawn
from a variety of cultures.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

338s. THE ENGLISH NOVEL FROM THE

BRONTES TO HARDY (3)

Emphasis on the novels of the 1840s and 1850s along
with those that look toward the twentieth century.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY

Selected texts to meet the interests of individual
students.

(2-4)

480f. SENIOR COLLOQUIUM (2)

Weekly meetings of faculty and senior English majors to
discuss topics relevant to the study of literature in all
periods. Particular topics are designated each year.
Topic for 1995-96: Self-representation and Narrative
Voice. A study of the forms and theories of self-represen-
tation in a variety of literary genres and periods.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ENGLISH OR
AMERICAN LITERATURE (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

Creative and
Expository Writing

201s. NARRATIVE WRITING (3)

Principles and forms of narrative writing. Illustrative
readings and frequent writing.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

(3)

202f. POETRY WRITING

The craft of poetry, taught through regular written
assignments and readings from such contemporary poets
as Adrienne Rich, Sharon Olds, Rita Dove and Carolyn
Forche.

203f. (Theatre 203) DRAMATIC WRITING I

See Theatre 203 for description.

(3)

205f. WRITING FICTION (3)

Guest-taught workshop in the writing of fiction,
designed to make participants better readers as well as
writers. Focus on providing structure for new projects or
assistance with works-in-progress.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor
Not offered 1995-96

340f. NONFICTION WORKSHOP

(3)

Guidance in writing forms of nonfiction such as the
essay, the journalistic article, technical writing, research
reports, business writing and autobiography. Emphasis on
presentation and discussion of student work, revision,
editing and classroom publishing.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

34 1 f. WRITING WORKSHOP FICTION ( 3 )

Intermediate fiction writing. Readings in theory and
practice; the writing and rewriting of a group of stories.
Individual conferences and group sessions.
Prerequisite: 201, 205 or permission of the instructor

342s. POETRY WORKSHOP (3)

Presentation and discussion of student work, with

additional resources (readings, poetic exercises) as

needed.

Prerequisite: 202 or permission of the instructor

344s. (Theatre 344) DRAMATIC WRITING II (3)

See Theatre 344 for description.

1995-1997 Catalog

69

English, Global Awareness , History

415f,s. (Theatre 415) ADVANCED CREATIVE
WRITING (3)

Individual conferences with emphasis on sustained
creative writing projects in poetry, fiction or drama.
Prerequisite: 341, 342, 344 or permission of the
instructor

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN WRITING (3)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

Global Awareness

Director:

Ruth S. BettandoriT, Associate Dean
of the College

\^ gnes Scott College offers an introductory Global
/ \ Awareness Program that combines classwork
jL JL in the fall and spring semesters with a
January study abroad experience. See the description of
the Global Awareness Program (p. 33) .

200f . GLOBAL AWARENESS CONCEPTS (1 -3 )

Concepts and theories of culture, cultural diversity and
cross-cultural communications. Discussion of selected
themes common to the study of cultures. Preparation for
January study-abroad experience. Interdisciplinary
perspectives from the social sciences, natural sciences,
humanities and fine arts. Faculty members include those
leading the study-abroad group.
Prerequisite: 12 hours of Agnes Scott credit
Taken as preparation for 201

201s (January). GLOBAL AWARENESS

EXPERIENCE (3)

January study-abroad experience with follow-up spring
seminar. Students travel in small groups to a host country
where they experience a new culture, living in local
homes. Emphasis on individual living/learning experi-
ences under supervision of Agnes Scott faculty member.
Spring seminar (one hour per week for 4-6 weeks)
integrates cross-cultural theory and experience. Destina-
tions vary from year to year.

Prerequisite: 200

Special fees required for Janimry travel

History

Professors:

Sarah R. Blanshei, Dean of the College

Michael J. Brown

Mary Brown Bullock, President of the College

Penelope Campbell (on sabbatical 1995-96)
Associate Professor:

Katharine D. Kennedy
Assistant Professors:

Michele K. Gillespie

Violet M. Johnson

The central purpose of the history curriculum is
to give students who come from a variety of
cultural traditions an understanding of the
heritage that has been forged for them over many
centuries. By offering courses in both western and
non-western history, it seeks to deepen each student's
appreciation of the achievements and contributions of
people from outside her own cultural tradition.

The study of history provides a perspective from
which standards that happen to be in vogue in our
own day may be seen and judged. By challenging us to
understand people who are very different from us, it
teaches tolerance and open-mindedness. History
students are required to read widely, to think critically
and to strengthen their skills in research and writing.
The historical knowledge they acquire provides a
framework and a context in which insights from other
disciplines art, literature, philosophy, to name just a
few may be placed and considered. In this sense,
history could claim to be one of the foundation
disciplines of a liberal education, bringing coherence
and continuity to information that might otherwise be
fragmented and disjointed.

Members of the History Department believe that
their courses should be accessible to all students in the

70

Agnes Scott College

History

College; accordingly, there are no prerequisites for any
course in history.

Requirements for the Major

420 for students who graduate in 1997 and subse-
quent years
One two-semester survey course selected from:

101 and 102; 108 and 109; 1 10 and 11 1; 212 and
213; 250 and 251; 253 and 254
At least eight additional courses, seven of which
must be above the 200 level. These courses must be
selected so as to include at least one course from
each of the following groups:
Early European History: 305, 306, 307, 371, 373
Modern European History: 309, 311, 312, 313, 314,
322

United States History: 325, 326, 327, 330, 331,
332, 334, 335, 338 and 350

Non-Western History: 350, 353, 354, 356, 361, 363
An appropriate course below the 300 level may be
used to satisfy one of these groups.
A major in history requires the completion of at
least 30 semester hours of work in history.
Cross-listed courses taught outside the department
may not be used to satisfy the minimum require-
ments for the major.

Requirements for the Minor

A minor in history must contain at least 2 1 hours of
work in history, at least twelve of which must be
above the 200 level. The program must reflect a
degree of thoughtful planning and coherence and
must have the approval of the chair of the depart-
ment.

lOlf. EUROPE EROM CHARLEMAGNE TO
NAPOLEON (3)

Development of western culture through Renaissance
and Reformation, the formation of states, the early
development of science and the age of revolution in
England, America and France.

102s. HISTORY OF MODERN EUROPE ( 3 )

Industrialization, nationalism, feminism, world war,
communism, Cold War and European integration and

their effects on European institutions and society in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

1 08f . THE UNITED STATES TO 1 87 7 ( 3 )

Survey of the history of the United States from European
conquest through Reconstruction.

109s. THE UNITED STATES IN MODERN

TIMES (3)

Survey of the history of the United States since
Reconstruction.

1 lOf. INTRODUCTION TO THE

ASIAN WORLD (3)

Major civilizations on the Asian continent from India to
japan before the twentieth century.

Ills. THE ASIAN WORLD IN MODERN

TIMES (3)

History and politics of Asian societies and their interac-
tion with the West in the twentieth century.

2 12f. THE HISTORY OF ENGLAND (3)

Social and political development of the English people
from the Anglo-Saxon centuries through the civil wars
of the seventeenth century.

213s. THE HISTORY OF ENGLAND (3)

Experiences ot the English people from the reign ot King
Charles II to the reign of Queen Elizabeth II.

22 If. (Classics 221) HISTORY OF GREEK
CIVILIZATION

See Classics 221 for description.

(3)

221Lf. (Classics 221L) (Greek 221L) (Greek 321L)
HISTORY OF GREEK CIVILIZATION, GREEK
COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 22 IL tor description.

222f. (Classics 222) HISTORY OF ROMAN

CIVILIZATION (3)

See Classics 222 for description.

222Lf. (Classics 222L) (Latin 222L) (Latin 322L)
HISTORY OF ROMAN CIVILIZATION, LATIN
COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 222L for description.

1995-1997 Catalog

71

History

250f. AFRICAN SOCIETIES FROM 1500 TO THE
PARTITION (3)

Structures of Sub-Saharan African societies, the
developments leading to the partition of the continent
and the imposition of colonial rule.

25 Is. AFRICAN SOCIETIES FROM THE

COLONIAL ERA TO THE PRESENT (3)

Changes which followed western domination, African
responses to the new structures and the road to indepen-
dence.
Not open to students who have taken 121

253f. AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY TO

EMANCIPATION (3)

Developments which shaped the history of the black

population of the United States through the Civil War.

Topics include African beginnings, the Atlantic slave

trade, the institution of slavery and the slave community

and black activism.

Not open to students who have taken 333

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

impact upon Europe; the career of Napoleon Bonaparte.

3 1 Is. NINETEENTH-CENTURY EUROPE (3)

Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the eve of World
War I with emphasis on industrialization, liberalism,
nationalism and imperialism.
Offered 1996-97 and alternate years

3 12s. HISTORY OF THE SOVIET UNION (3)

Revolution, ethnicity, reform, stagnation and disintegra-
tion in Russian and Soviet politics, culture, economy and
society from 1905 to the present.

313f. EUROPE FROM 1914 TO 1945 (3)

World War I, Nazism, the interwar years. World War II
and the Holocaust, with emphasis on ideology, culture
and diplomacy.

314s. (Political Science 314) EUROPE

SINCE 1945 (3)

Society, economy, culture and foreign affairs in Western
and Eastern Europe in the nuclear age.

254s. AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE
EMANCIPATION (3)

Developments which have influenced the history of the
black population of the United States since the Civil
War. Topics include the Great Migration, the Harlem
Renaissance and the Civil Rights Movement.
Not open to students who have taken 333
Offered J 995-96 and alternate years

305f. MEDIEVAL CIVILIZATION (3)

Emergence of European cultural traditions, political
institutions and social organization between the decline
of the Roman Empire and the end of the High Middle

Ages.

306s. THE RENAISSANCE (3)

Civilization of Italy and of Northern Europe from the
time of Dante to the time of Shakespeare.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

307s. THE REFORMATION (3)

Changes in church, state and society from the time of
Luther to the end of the wars of religion.
Offered J 995-96 and alternate years

309f. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND
NAPOLEON

Causes and events of the French Revolution and its

314Ls. (German 314L) (Political Science 3 14L)
EUROPE SINCE 1945, GERMAN
COMPONENT

See German 3I4L for description.

(1)

315Lf. (German 315L) EUROPE 1914-1945,

GERMAN COMPONENT ( 1 )

Study of Weimar and Nazi Germany based on selected
primary sources in German.
Prerequisite: German 201 or equivalent
Corequisite: 313
Not offered 1995-96

322f. (Women's Studies 322) WOMEN IN MODERN
EUROPEAN HISTORY (3)

Changing roles of European women at home, at work, in

public life and in the arts from the Renaissance to the

present.

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

325f. THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION AND THE
EARLY REPUBLIC (3)

Severance of the political, social and economic ties with
England and the development of a national identity.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

(3)

72

Agnes Scott College

History

326s. JACKSONIAN AMERICA AND

THE CIVIL WAR ERA (3)

Economic, political and social change in the United
States from the rise of Jacksonian America and the
struggle over slavery through the Civil War.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

327s. HISTORY OF THE SOUTH (3)

History of the social, cultural, economic and political
factors that have made the South a distinctive part of the
nation from English settlement to the present.

330s. (Women's Studies 330) THE HISTORY OF
WOMEN IN AMERICA (3)

Women's roles and contributions in United States
history from the colonial period to the present with
emphasis on the impact of industrialization, reform
movements and differences across race, ethnicity, class
and region.

33 If. RACE, ETHNICITY AND IMMIGRATION

IN THE U.S., 1600-1880 (3)

History of the "old immigration" which was dominated
by groups from western Europe; the relationship between
various ethnic groups; their acculturation; and how they
influenced American society.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

332s. RACE, ETHNICITY AND IMMIGRATION
IN THE U.S. SINCE 1885 (3)

History of the "new immigration"; the changing sources
and composition of immigrants; their social and
economic adjustment; and their contributions to the
increasingly multicultural character of contemporary
America.
Offered 1996-97 and alternate years

334. (Political Science 332) THE UNITED STATES
FROM 1914 TO 1945 (3)

World War I, the New Era of the 1920s, the New Deal

and World War II.

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

335f. (Religious Studies 340) BLACK PROTEST
THOUGHT IN AMERICA FROM SLAVERY TO
THE PRESENT (3)

Political, social and ideological currents which influ-
enced and shaped the Black struggle for freedom,
citizenship and equality.

Ordinarily, students earn 3 hours of credit tor this course.
Those students fulfilling the research requirement for the

1 995- J 997 Catalog

minor in Africana Studies may elect to take this course

for 4 hours.

Offered i 995-96 and alternate years

338s. (Political Science 340) THE UNITED STATES
SINCE 1945 (3)

Domestic change and international involvements since

World War II.

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

340s. (Political Science 328) U.S.-LATIN
AMERICAN RELATIONS

See Political Science 328 for description.

(3)

350f. THE AFRICAN DIASPORA (3)

History of the dispersal of Africans from the continent to
various regions of the world; the catalysts of dispersal;
the distribution of Africans, especially in the Americas;
and the communities which evolved out of the diaspora.
Ordinarily, students earn 3 hours of credit for this course.
Those students fulfilling the research requirement for the
minor in Africana Studies may elect to take this course
for 4 hours.

350Lf. (Spanish 350L) THE AFRICAN DIASPORA,
SPANISH COMPONENT ( 1 )

See Spanish 3 SOL for description

353f. SOUTH ASIA (3)

History of the Indian Subcontinent from ancient times
to the present, with particular attention to British rule,
the independence movement and contemporary public
issues in Pakistan, India and Bangladesh.
Offered 1 995-96 and alternate years

354s. TOPICS IN AFRICAN AND ASIAN
HISTORY

Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

(3)

356s. THE UNITED STATES AND CHINA (3)

American-Chinese relations from Washington to Nixon;
American interests and Chinese responses during the last
two centuries.
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

361f. EMERGENCE OF JAPAN AS A

WORLD POWER (3)

Political and economic transformation of japan in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries; the troubled
relationship with the United States.
Not offered 1995-96

73

History, Interdisciplinary, International Relations

363s. THE CHINESE REVOLUTION IN THE
TWENTIETH CENTURY ( 3 )

Development of Chinese communism, the estahUshment
of the People's Republic and the revolutionary remodel-
ing of Chinese society.
Not offered 1995-96

371s. ENGLAND UNDER THE TUDORS (3)

History of England from 1485 to 1603 with emphasis on
the break from Rome under Henry VIII and the
beginning of England's imperial role under Queen
Elizabeth 1.
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

373s. ENGLAND UNDER THE STUARTS (3)

History of England in the seventeenth century, empha-
sizing the religious, social and political concepts carried
to America by the early colonists.
Offered 1 996-97 and alten\ate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in some field or period of history.

420f. SENIOR COLLOQUIUM (3)

Reading, writing and discussion on a single theme,

chosen annually, with the aim of integrating knowledge

from various historical fields. Open only to senior history

majors.

Offered 1 996-97 and annually thereafter

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research under the supervision of a member
of the department.

Interdisciplinary

Courses

INTD lOOf.s. (Psychology 125) THINKING AND
COMPUTING: INTRODUCTION TO
INFORMATION SCIENCE (3)

A conceptual framework for using microcomputers as

significant information machines for the realization of

ideas.

Not offered 1995-96

INTD 200s. PERSPECTIVES ON DIVERSITY
AND DIFFERENCE (3)

An interdisciplinary approach to learning about cultures
and their interactions, struggles and conflicts. Explora-
tion of issues that revolve around the intersections of
race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender and religion
and the bases of conflict, stratification and group
identities.

International
Relations

Director:

Katharine D. Kennedy

International Relations is the study of the relations
among both nations and non-governmental
parties. The comprehension of these relationships
relies upon the perspectives, theories, insights and
methods of a number of different disciplines. This
major draws primarily from the disciplines of econom-
ics, history and political science.

A prospective major should consult the director of
the program in order to develop a course of study with
an appropriate balance among the disciplines of
economics, history and political science. She should
acquire proficiency in a foreign language, especially if
she plans to study abroad. It is also recommended that
a student complete the intermediate level of a second
foreign language.

International Relations majors are strongly encour-
aged to participate in Global Awareness programs and
other programs of study and work abroad.

A qualified International Relations major may
pursue an independent study (490) under the direction
of a faculty member who teaches in the International
Relations program. A student enrolls in Economics
490, History 490 or Political Science 490, depending
on the discipline of the project director.

74

Agnes Scott College

International Relations, Latin American Studies

Requirements for the Major

(Minimum of 33 hours, inaximum of
60 hours)

Required Introductory Courses:
Political Science 103
Economics 104 and 105
Required Advanced Course:
Political Science 326
Theory Courses:

Three courses, at least one of which
must he in economics:

Political Science 205, 322, 382; Economics 315,
334, 350, 351; Anthropology 307
Geographic Areas

A student will take three courses from no more
than two different areas. Students are generally
encouraged to concentrate in one area. No more
than one area course may be at the 100-level.
Europe: History 102, 311, 312, 313, 314, 322
Asia: History 111, 353, 354 (Asian topics only),
356,361,363

Africa: History 250, 251, 350, 354 (African topics
only)

Latin America: Latin American Studies 107;
Political Science 211, 320, 328, 330, 342;
Economics 360; Anthropology 304
Global Awareness 201 may be counted toward the
appropriate geographic requirement.
Students are encouraged to enroll in the foreign
language sections of area courses when possible.
Hours from these courses will count toward the
major
Language

Three hours of coursework beyond the intermediate
level in a modem foreign language. This does not
count toward the major
Additional course requirement:
In addition to satisfying the requirements listed
above, each student will take at least one additional
course from the lists of theory and area courses
above. Other courses that may satisfy this require-
ment are: French 320, Spanish 207 or 208 and
German 310.

Latin American
Studies

Director:

Rafael Ocasio

The program of Latin American Studies seeks to
give students a broad, integrated knowledge
of Latin American history, society, politics,
economics and culture; to foster understanding of the
richness and diversity of Latin American societies and
peoples; and to encourage the achievement of profi-
ciency in the Spanish language. By so doing, the
program seeks to prepare students for graduate study,
teaching and/or careers in the public and private
sector wherever knowledge of Latin America is
necessary.

The program recommends that minors participate
in cross-cultural experiences, such as Global Aware-
ness or study abroad and pursue fluency in Spanish. A
number of courses in the program have a Spanish
component, in which students further proficiency by
studying the topic through original texts.

Requirements for the Minor

A minimum of 18 hours is required for the minor
Required course: Latin American Studies 107
15 additional hours from among the following
(including the corresponding language across the
curriculum component of any of these):
Interdisciplinary 200

Political Science: 211, 311, 320, 328, 342
Anthropology: 304
Economics: 360
Spanish: 208, 344, 354

LAS 107f. LATIN AMERICAN SOCIETIES (3)

Interdisciplinary overview of Latin American societies
today, including the growing presence of Latinos in the
U.S. Emphasizes both the continuity of the past and
contemporary economic development, politics, cultures,
social movements, music, art and literature.

1995-1997 Catalog

75

Mathematics

Mathematics

Associate Professors:

Robert A. Leslie
Myrtle H. Lewin
Lawrence H. Riddle
Assistant Professor:

Olga Yiparaki

The curriculum in mathematics is designed to
help students think clearly and logically; to
analyze problems; to understand and be able to
use the language, theory and techniques of mathemat-
ics; and to develop skills and acquire mathematical
tools needed in the application of mathematics. The
courses offered give mathematics majors a solid
background for graduate study, teaching at the
secondary school level and professional employment.
A student interested in mathematics and either
physics or economics is invited to consider a math-
ematics-physics or mathematics-economics major.

Requirements for the Major

205,206,305,321,480

A minimum of five courses at the 300 level or

above, excluding 480

One course from each of the following groups: 315,

331,352and309, 312, 328

Students who are planning to major in mathematics

should take calculus at the appropriate level in the first

year.

115 is not counted toward the minimum SO-hour major

if taken after completion of 328.

101 and 150 are not counted toward the minimum 30-

hour major.

The minimum number of hours required to fulfill a

major in Mathematics is 38.

Requirements for the Minor

The mathematics minor is designed for those
students who wish to study mathematics signifi-
cantly beyond the introductory level and focus on
an area of special interest without accomplishing a

major A student planning a minor in mathematics

is required to consult with the department to ensure

the coherence and relevance of the program of

study planned.

Mathematics 205

At least three additional courses at the 200 or 300

level, one of which must be at the 300 level.

101f,s. FINITE MATHEMATICS (3)

Topics appropriate to the social and management
sciences. The topics are selected from set theory, logic,
matrix algebra, linear programming, mathematical
models and financial mathematics.

104f. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL
THOUGHT (3)

Introduction to some of the major themes and ideas in
mathematics, methods used in their applications and
their historical context.

1 15s. ELEMENTARY STATISTICS (3)

Statistical measures and distributions, probability and its
application to statistical inference, linear correlation,
hypothesis testing, confidence intervals and applications
in the natural and social sciences.
Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Mathematics

1 1 7f ,s. PRECALCULUS (4)

Topics to include algebra, trigonometry, functions and
analytic geometry.

11 8f,s. CALCULUS I (4)

Introduction to differentiation and integration of the
standard functions of mathematics, with applications.

119f,s. CALCULUS II (4)

Continuation of 118, to include topics chosen from the
integral and its applications, techniques of integration,
improper integrals and indeterminate forms.
Prerequisite: 118

150f. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER

PROGRAMMING (3)

An introduction to computers, principles of problem
solving in a structured programming environment,
programming techniques and applications.
Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Mathematics

205f,s. CALCULUS III (4)

Continuation of 1 19 to include topics chosen from the

76

Agnes Scott College

Mathematics

approximation of functions, series and sequences and the
calculus of parametric curves, polar equations and
functions of two variables.
Prerequisite: 119

206s. LINEAR ALGEBRA (4)

Vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices and
determinants, with applications to systems of linear
equations, geometry and other selected topics.
Prerequisite or corequisite: 205 or permission of the
instructor

210f. DISCRETE STRUCTURES (3)

Basic concepts and techniques of the mathematics of

discrete structures.

Topics selected from sets, equivalence relations,

elementary algebraic structures, enumeration, recurrence

relations, generating functions, graphs, trees, Euler

circuits and the inclusion-exclusion principle.

This course includes mathematical topics of particular value

to students interested in computer science.

Prerequisite: 118 or permission of the instructor.

250s. INTERMEDIATE COMPUTER

PROGRAMMING (3)

Design of well-structured algorithms and their imple-
mentation in Pascal, modular programming techniques,
the effective use of the fundamental data structures
including records and files and an introduction to
dynamic data structures.
Prerequisite: 118, 150 or permission of the instructor

305s. CALCULUS IV (4)

Continuation of 205 to include vectors,

curves, surfaces, partial differentiation, multiple integrals

and introduction to vector analysis.

Prerequisite: 205, 206 or permission of the department

chair

Offered J 995-96 and alternate years

314f. INTRODUCTION TO MODERN

GEOMETRY (4)

Affine, projective and Euclidean geometries and their

postulational development.

Prerequisite: 205

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

315s. TOPOLOGY (4)

Topological and metric spaces, continuity, compactness
and connectedness, with special emphasis on the
topology of R".
Prerequisite: 205

Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

32 If. INTRODUCTION TO MODERN

ABSTRACT ALGEBRA (4)

Important algebraic structures, including groups, rings,
integral domains and fields.
Prerequisite: 205

325f. MATHEMATICAL MODELS AND

APPLICATIONS (4)

Development of techniques of model building.
Applications to illustrate the techniques are drawn
principally from the natural and social sciences.
Prerequisite: 205
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

328s. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS AND

PROBABILITY (4)

Basic statistical methods in the classical theory of
inferential statistics, probability theory, estimation,
hypothesis testing and applications.
Prerequisite: 205
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

309f. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (4)

First and second order differential equations, higher
order, linear ordinary differential equations, existence
and uniqueness theorems and applications.
Prerequisite: 205
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

3 I2s. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS (4)

Numerical methods in mathematics including numerical
solutions of equations, linear and nonlinear systems of
equations, numerical differentiation and integration and
curve fitting.
Prerequisite: 205, 250 or permission of the instructor

33 If. FUNDAMENTALS OF REAL ANALYSIS (4)

The topology of the real number system and the axiom of
completeness. Rigorous development of some central
ideas in analysis, including limits, continuity of functions
and convergence of sequences and series.
Prerequisite: 205
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

352s. INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX

ANALYSIS (4)

The algebra of complex numbers, analytic functions,
elementary functions, linear fractional transformations,
mappings, integrals, power series, Laurent series and

1995-1997 Catalog

77

Mathematics, Mathematics-Economics, Mathematics-Physics, Modem Foreign Languflj^es and Literatures

residue calculus.
Prerequisite: 205

Offered 1995-96 aivi alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY

Open to majors only

480f. MATHEMATICS SEMINAR

(2-4)

(1)

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

The minimum number ot hours required to fulfill an
interdisciplinary major in Mathematics-Physics is 50.

Basic Courses Required:

Mathematics 205, 206, 309 (the additional hours
must be approved by the Department of Mathe-
matics)

Physics 110, 111 and 15 additional hours as
approved by the Department of Physics and
Astronomy

Mathematics-
Economics

Requirements for the Major

Economics 104, 105, 306, 307
Mathematics 118, 119, 205, 206, 305, 309
Either Economics 338 or Mathematics 328
An additional four elective courses in mathematics
or economics are required with at least two in
economics, excluding 211,212, 213 and 217. These
courses must be at the 200-level or above and must
be approved by the advisors to the major in the
respective departments.

Mathematics-
Physics

Provides an integrated study of mathematics and
Its application in theoretical physics. Students
elect at least 27 semester hours in mathematics
and 23 semester hours in physics. Other courses may
be elected in mathematics and physics, not to exceed a
combined total of 60 semester hours.

78

Modem Foreign
Languages and
Literatures

French

Professor:

Regine Reynolds-Cornell
Assistant Professor:

Rosemary Eberiel
Visiting Professor:

Guy Mentha (1995-96)

The program in French has as its goals accuracy
and fluency in the written and spoken lan-
guage as well as knowledge and appreciation of
the literature and culture of France.

New students electing French, with very tew
exceptions, take a placement test. Students placing at
the level of French 235 will have satisfied the Specific
Standard of the intermediate level of a foreign
language. Either of the two intermediate courses,
French 202 or 230, also satisfy that Specific Standard.
A French literature course on the 300 level satisfies
the Distributional Standard of literature in the
language of its composition. French 235 is the prereq-
uisite for all French literature courses but does not

Agnes Scott College

Modern Foreiffa Lan^ua^es and Literatures

satisfy the Distributional Standard of literature in the
language of its composition.

Students, if qualified, may spend the junior year or,
should that be unfeasible, a semester in France on an
approved program. Interested students should consult
faculty in the program early in the sophomore year.

An assistant comes from France each year to live
on the French Hall with students interested in
perfecting their French and in knowing more about
France today. She joins students in the dining hall
around a "table fran^aise," with students at all levels of
French proficiency.

Students also have an opportunity to use their
language skills in courses designated as Language
Across the Curriculum (LAC). This consists of
completing a one-hour French component in a
Language Across the Curriculum interdisciplinary
course.

Requirements for the Major

A minimum of 24 hours beyond French 230. The

recommended sequence:

235, 305 and six additional courses at the 300 level.

These elective courses should be representative of

various centuries and genres.

With advanced placement or exemption, the

minimum number of hours required to complete a

French major is 25 hours.

Recommended Courses:

We recommend for the French major the following

electives in other programs: History 101, 309;

English 211; Art 103, 208; Philosophy 206, 209;

another foreign language.

Requirements for the Minor

A minimum of 12 hours beyond French 230. The

recommended sequence: French 235, 305 and two

additional courses at the 300 level.

Entering students who are placed into an advanced
level of French may be given permission to complete
the major with fewer than 30 hours. Permission is
given by the department chair or a faculty member
designated by the chair and the director of academic
advising.

235 or any literature course beyond that level

fulfills the literature distributional standard; 202 fulfills
the intermediate level language requirement. Students
exempting French 202 will take French 207. Students
may also register for Translation or Business French
courses at an approved institution.

We strongly recommend a 4''week Intensive Summer
Session at the Centre International de l' Universite de
I'Ouest in Angers whose courses will satisfy the required
courses listed above, subject to approval by the chair of the
department or a faculty member desigruited by the chair
and the associate dean of the college .

1 1 f . ELEMENTARY FRENCH (4)

For students who begin French in college. Introduction
to the French language and culture. Four class periods
followed hy a session of oral practice.

102s. ELEMENTARY FRENCH (4)

Continuation of 101; 101 and 102 are the equivalent of
two years of secondary school preparation.

20 If. INTERMEDIATE (3)

Grammar review oral and written comprehension,
reading, compositon.

202s. INTERMEDIATE (3)

A continuation of 201.

202Lf. (Art 202L) MEDIEVAL ART, FRENCH
COMPONENT (1)

Reading and discussion of texts concerning the visual

arts and their historical context during the Middle Ages.

Conducted in French.

Prerequisite: French 202 or permission of the instructor

Corequisite: Art 202

Not offered 1995-96

203Ls. (Art 103L) HISTORY OF ART II, FRENCH
COMPONENT (1)

Reading and discussion of texts on the major artistic
periods from the Renaissance through the modern
periods. Conducted in French.

Corequisite: Art 103

Prerequisite: French 202 or permission of the instructor
Not offered 1995-96

207f,s. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH

CONVERSATION (2)

Prerequisite: 202 with a grade of B minus or above or

1995-1997 Catalog

79

Modem Foreign Languages and Literatures

permission from the department

This course may be repeated once with permission from the

department or faculty members designated by the department

chair.

(3)

230f,s. ADVANCED INTERMEDIATE

Thorough grammar review and an introduction to
selected literary works.
Prerequisite: 202

235f,s. INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY

GENRES (3)

Introduction to literary texts by genre from the Middle
Ages to the present.
Prerequisite: 230

305s. ADVANCED FRENCH LANGUAGE

STUDY (3)

Composition, stylistics, translation.

Does not satisfy the Distributional Standard of literature in

the language of its composition

320f. TWENTIETH-CENTURY THEATRE

AND FILM (3)

Selected films and twentieth-century plays studied in the
context of the evolution of French theatre and film.
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

325f. THE RISE AND WANE OF THE GOLDEN
AGE: POETRY, LETTERS AND THEATRE
FROM MALHERBE TO MARIVAUX (3 )

Development of classicism in poetry and drama between
the Renaissance and the Age of Reason. Letters
(particularly those written by women) have been added
for their historical, social and literary contribution to the
study of the era.
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

330f. THE FRENCH NOVEL FROM MME DE LA
FAYETTE TO FLAUBERT (3 )

Analysis of novels by Mme de la Fayette, I'abbe Prevost,
Constant, Balzac and Flaubert studied in the wider
context of the evolution of the French novel during the
seventeenth, eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

335f. PROSE AND POETRY FROM THE LATE
NINETEENTH CENTURY THROUGH
SURREALISM (3)

Selected works from the late nineteenth century through

surrealism. Texts include novels, short stories, essays and

poetry.

Offered 1996-97 and alternate years

340s. MEDIEVAL FRENCH LITERATURE FROM
ROLAND AND TRISTAN TO VILLON ( 3 )

Chanson de Geste, the Roman Courtois, the
Chantefable, poetry and the theatre as well as verse and
prose works by women authors.
Offered 1 995-96 and alternate years

345s. THE AGE OF DISCOVERY: POETRY AND
PROSE OF THE RENAISSANCE AND THE
REFORMATION FROM MAROT TO
MONTAIGNE (3)

French poetry from the Rhetoriqueurs to the Baroque,
essays and drama; also verse and prose works by women
authors and religious thinkers have been added for a
more comprehensive view of the era.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

350s. THE FRENCH ROMANTIC MOVEMENT:
POETRY, PROSE AND THE THEATRE (3)

Romantic writers of the first half of the nineteenth

century.

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

355s. PROSE AND POETRY FROM THE 1930s
THROUGH THE PRESENT

Selected works from the 1 930s through the present.
Texts include novels, short stories, essays and poetry.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

(3)

365f. FRENCH MORALISTS AND THINKERS
FROM DESCARTES TO CAMUS (3 )

Survey of French thought from the Discours de la Methode
to La Chute in relation to contemporary literature.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised to meet the needs of individual students.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the program.

80

Agnes Scott College

Modem Forei^ Lan^ua^es and Literatures

German Studies

Professor:

Ingrid E. Wieshofer

Each course offered emphasizes the communica-
tion skills of understanding, speaking and
writing German. Cultural as well as linguistic
aspects of the German-speaking world are in all classes
at all levels. A wide selection of classical and contem-
porary literary works are read in intermediate and
advanced courses.

German is the language of instruction in all
courses. Majors, minors and other interested students
are encouraged to live on the College's German Hall
where they can practice their German aided by a
resident teaching assistant from Germany. They are
also invited to join the German Club and the German
lunch table. The opportunity to study abroad is offered
to qualified students; they may participate in a one or
two semester exchange program with the University of
Mainz at Germersheim.

Students also have an opportunity to use their
language skills in courses designated as Language
Across the Curriculum (LAC). This consists of
completing a one-hour German component in a
Language Across the Curriculum interdisciplinary
course.

Students considering a double major should consult
with the department chair or a faculty member
designated by the department chair.

Requirements for the Major
in German Studies

Courses required in the discipline:

210,212,222,324,480

Three or four of the following: 306, 310, 305 with
language component, 308 with language compo-
nent, 350

If only three of the above are taken, then one of the
following courses outside the discipline must also be
taken: History 313 with language component.
History 314 with language component. Music 220
with language component
Minimum hours for the major: 28 beyond the

intermediate level

Entering students who are placed in an advanced
level of German may be given permission to
complete the major with fewer than 30 hours.
Permission is given by the department chair or a
faculty member designated by the department chair
and the director of academic advising.
Courses recommended for the major:
Students are strongly encouraged to acquire
experience in a German-speaking country through
our exchange program with the University of Mainz
open to them in their sophomore year or through
an approved Junior Year Abroad program. We also
highly recommend the Zertifikatsprufung and
Mittelstufenprufung at the Goethe Institute.

Requirements for the Minor in
German Studies

210,212

Two or three of the following: 222, 306, 310, 324,
305 with language component, 308 with language
component. History 313 with language component.
Music 220 with language component
If only two of the above are taken, then one of the
following must also be taken: History 307, Philoso-
phy 210 or any other course with a strong German
content area subject to the approval of the depart-
ment.

Minimum hours: 14 beyond the intermediate level
Recommendations for the Minor:
Students are strongly encouraged to acquire
experience in German through an internship with a
German company and participation in the
Zertifikatsprufung at the Goethe Institute.

lOlf. ELEMENTARY GERMAN (4)

Emphasis on speaking and understanding spoken
German, with a sound basis ot grammar. Reading and
discussion of simple texts.

102s. ELEMENTARY GERMAN (4)

Continuation of 101.

20 If. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN (3)

Practice in spoken German, accompanied by grammar
review. Reading and discussion of literary texts.

1995-1997 Catalog

81

Modem Foreign Lang^a^es and Literatures

Prerequisite: 102 or equivalent

202s. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN

Continuation of 201.

(3)

21 Of. COMPOSITION (3)

Practical course designed to develop fluency in writing

German.

Prerequisite: 202

2 1 1 f . CONVERSATION ( 2 )

Theoretical and practical aspects of German pronuncia-
tion with intensive drills.

Prerequisite: 102 or permission of the department or
faculty members designated by the chair
Does not fulfill the language requirement for the International
Relations major

212s. ADVANCED CONVERSATION

Practical course designed to develop fluency in oral

communication.

Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent

(2)

(4)

222f. INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE

Emphasis on lyrical poetry of the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries, a nineteenth-century Novelle and a
contemporary novel.

Prerequisite to all 300'level literature courses
Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent

305f. CONTEMPORARY DRAMA (3)

Emphasis on Brecht's epic theatre and contemporary
Swiss playwrights. Offered in English, accompanied by a
German language component.
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

305Lf. CONTEMPORARY DRAMA, GERMAN
LANGUAGE COMPONENT ( 1 )

German language component to accompany 305 for
German majors and minors.
Prerequisite: 222
Corequisite: 305

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

3 06s. FRANZ KAFKA ( 3 )

Discussion of major short stories and selections from the

novels.

Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

308f. GERMAN LITERATURE IN

TRANSLATION (3)

Taught in English, accompanied by a German language
component for German majors and minors.
Offered 1996-97 and alternate years

308Lf. GERMAN LITERATURE IN

TRANSLATION, GERMAN LANGUAGE
COMPONENT (1)

German language component to accompany 308 for
German majors and minors.
Prerequisite: 222
Corequisite: 308

Offered 1996-97 and alternate years

3 1 Os. GERMAN LIFE AND THOUGHT ( 3 )

Society and culture in the contemporary German-
speaking world.
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

314L. (History 314L) (Political Science 3 14L).
EUROPE SINCE 1945, GERMAN
COMPONENT (1)

Reading and discussion of texts about post-World War 11

Germany, from division through unification. Conducted

in German.

Corequisite: History 314 (Political Science 314)

Prerequisite: German 202 or equivalent

Not o//ered 1995-96

315Lf. (History 3 15L) EUROPE 1914-1945,
GERMAN COMPONENT

See History 315L tor description.

(1)

320Ls. (Music 220L) (Women's Studies 220L)
WOMEN IN MUSIC, GERMAN
COMPONENT (1)

Reading and discussion of texts concerning German and
Austrian women composers, performers, teachers and
musical support personnel. Conducted in German.
Prerequisite: 202 or permission of the instructor
Corequisite: Music 220

324s. ADVANCED GERMAN LANGUAGE

STUDY (3)

Emphasis on stylistics, composition styles and vocabulary
building working with contemporary text materials.
Prerequisite: 210 or permission of the department
Not open to students who have received credit for German 224

82

Agnes Scott College

Modern Foreign Lan^ua^es and Literatures

350f,s. ADVANCED READING

(2-3)

Subject matter chosen according to student interest and
needs.

410. SPECIAL TOPICS (2-4)

Supervised to meet the needs of individual students.

480s. ADVANCED TOPICS IN GERMAN

LITERATURE (3)

Intensive study ot a single author, genre or period. May
he repeated for credit when topic varies.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the program. Results are presented both
orally and in writing. May be done in English with
approval of program.

202s. INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE II

A continuation of Japanese 201.

(3)

Japanese

Japanese Language Assistants:

Kaori Fujimoto (1995-97)
YokoSaijo (1995-96)

The teaching assistants in Japanese, who are
native speakers, have participated in a unique
and intensive nine-week training program of
the Exchange: Japan Foundation on teaching Japanese
as a second language. They bring to the program
knowledge ot culture as well as systematic training in
language pedagogy.

lOlf. ELEMENTARY JAPANESE I (4)

Fundamentals ot spoken and written Japanese. Develop-
ment of reading, writing, speaking and listening skills,
with emphasis on the development of conversational
fluency in socio-cultural contexts.

102s. ELEMENTARY JAPANESE II

Contmuation ot Japanese 101.

(4)

201f. INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I (4)

A continuation ot elementary Japanese, focusing on the
further development ot oral proficiency, reading and
writing skills.
Prerequisite: 102 or equivalent

1995-1997 Catalog

301f. ADVANCED JAPANESE I (3)

A continuation of intermediate Japanese, focusing on
the further development of oral proficiency, reading and
writing skills.
Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent

302s. ADVANCED JAPANESE II

A continuation of 301.
Prerequisite: 301

(3)

Spanish

Associate Professor:

Rafael Ocasio
Assistant Professors:

Josefina Gonzalez
Gisela Norat

The major in Spanish is designed to develop
proficiency in the four language skills and to
present the cultural, literary and historical
backgrounds of Spain and Latin America.

A minor in Spanish is offered to satisfy the needs
and interests of students who wish to combine the
study of Spanish with other disciplines (International
Relations and Latin American Studies, among others.)

All students of Spanish have the opportunity to
improve fluency and cultural awareness by participat-
ing in special activities hosted by the Spanish faculty
or by "Espiritu Latino," the student Spanish club.
Every year a Mexican teaching assistant is invited by
the College to live in the Spanish Hall and interact
with students, whether informally in daily living
situations or through planned "tertulias," which are
weekly get-togethers.

Students are strongly encouraged to take part in the
College's Global Awareness Program or to acquire
experience in a Spanish-speaking country through an
approved study abroad program.

Students also have an opportunity to use their
language skills in courses designated as Language
Across the Curriculum (LAC). This consists of
completing a one-hour Spanish component in a

83

Modem Foreign Languages and Literatures

Language Across the Curriculum interdisciplinary
course.

Requirements for the Major

Complete 30 hours from among the following
courses, including 480: 203, 204, 207, 208, 223,
310, 321, 344, 354, 357, 480. Credits from the
Spanish component of Language Across the
Curriculum (LAC) courses also satisfy the require-
ments toward the major.

Entering students with advanced Spanish profi-
ciency above the intermediate level (202) may be
given permission to complete the major with fewer
than 30 hours. Permission is given by the chair of
the department or a faculty member designated by
the chair and the director of academic advising.

Requirements for the Minor

A minor requires completion of 15 hours beyond
Spanish 202 from among the courses offered by the
department. Credits from the Spanish component
of Language Across the Curriculum (LAC) courses
also satisfy requirements toward the minor.

lOlf. ELEMENTARY (4)

Fundamentals of Spanish for speaking, listening, writing
and reading. Emphasis on proficiency achievement and
cultural awareness of the Hispanic world.

102s. ELEMENTARY (4)

Continuation of 101.
Prerequisite: 101

201f. INTERMEDIATE (4)

Grammar review. Conversation, comprehension,
composition and reading.
Prerequisite: 102

202s. INTERMEDIATE (4)

Continuation of 201 including an introduction to the
critical reading of literary texts.
Prerequisite: 201

203f. CONVERSATION (3)

Texts, music and films centered around topics of interest
to college students. Emphasis on oral proficiency with a
writing component.
Prerequisite: 202 or permission of the department chair

or faculty members designated by the chair

204s. ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND

COMPOSITION (3)

Continued emphasis on oral proficiency with special
focus on grammar review and composition writing.
Prerequisite: 202 or 203 or permission of the department
chair or faculty members designated by the chair

207f. SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND

CULTURE (3)

Important historical events, trends and ideas of Spain
from earliest times to the present.

Prerequisite: 203 or 204 or permission of the department
chair or faculty members designated by the chair
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

208f. LATIN AMERICAN AND CARIBBEAN
CIVILIZATIONS AND CULTURES (3)

Important trends, ideas and historical events of Latin
America and the Caribbean from pre-conquest and
colonial periods to the present.

Prerequisite: 203 or 204 or permission of the department
chair or faculty members designated by the chair
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

223s. APPROACHES TO LITERATURE (3)

Presentation of representative Latin American and

Peninsular texts to foster reading, writing and analytical

skills.

Prerequisite: 203 or 204 or permission of the department

chair or faculty members designated by the chair

300Lf. (Anthropology 300L) INDIGENOUS

PEOPLES OF LATIN AMERICA ( 1 )

Reading and discussion of texts complementary and
parallel to those used in Anthropology 304. Conducted
in Spanish.

Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or permission of the instructor
Corequisite: Anthropology 304

301Ls. (Political Science 21 IL) (Sociology 214L)
(Women's Studies 21 IL) WOMEN IN LATIN
AMERICA, SPANISH COMPONENT ( 1 )

See Political Science 21 IL for description.

310s. SPANISH LITERATURE THROUGH THE
GOLDEN AGE (3)

Reading of early Spanish literature until the theatre of
Lope de Vega and Calderon de la Barca (17th century).

84

Agnes Scott College

Modem Foreign Lan^ua^es and Literatures , Music

Prerequisite: 223 or permission of the department chair
Offered 1 995-96 and alternate years

321s. SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN

CONTEMPORARY POETRY (3)

A study of poetry in modem times.

Prerequisite: 223 or permission of the department chair

Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

344f. CONTEMPORARY LATIN AMERICAN
NARRATIVE (3)

An examination of major trends and literary movements
in short stories and novels by major contemporary Latin
American authors.

Prerequisite: 223 or premission of the department chair
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

350Lf. (History 350L) THE AFRICAN DIASPORA,
SPANISH COMPONENT ( 1 )

Examination and discussion of selected documents on
slavery and slave societies in North America, specifically
Mexico, Central America, South America and the
Caribbean. Conducted in Spanish.

Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or permission of the instructor
Corequisite: History 350

354s. COLONIAL LATIN AMERICAN

LITERATURE TO MODERNISM (3 )

An analysis of literature from early Latin American
writings to Ruben Dario (19th century).
Prerequisite: 223 or permission of the department chair
or faculty members designated by the chair
Offered 1996-97 and alternate years

357f. NINETEENTH- AND TWENTIETH-
CENTURY SPANISH LITERATURE (3 )

Discussion of novels, essays, poetry and drama of major

authors of those centuries.

Prerequisite: 223 or permission of the department chair

or faculty members designated by the chair

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY

(2-4)

480s. TOPICS IN HISPANIC THEMES (3 )

A detailed critical analysis of a specific topic, genre or

period in Peninsular or Latin American literatures and

other media.

Required of majors . This course may he taken more than

once if subject content is different.

Prerequisite: 223 or permission of the department chair

or faculty members designated by the chair

Topic for 1995-96: Representation of Latin American

Women A study of various literary productions and

other media (such as films and art) depicting cultural

constructions and issues affecting women in Latin

America.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the program.

Music

Professors:

Ronald L. Bymside
Calvert B. Johnson
Theodore K. Mathews

The music curriculum is designed to prepare its
majors for graduate study and the professional
music world. It also seeks to meet the needs of
nonmajors through a variety of courses in music
appreciation and applied music. The guiding philoso-
phy in all instruction is that music is a humanistic, not
a mechanistic discipline and is a central part of a true
liberal education.

Requirements for the Major

Courses:

A minimum of 1 1 hours in music theory consisting
of 1 1 1 , 2 1 1 and 2 1 2 or 2 1 1 , 2 1 2 and one of the
following: 311, 312 or 313; 106, 213, 214, 305 and
480.

Performance:

A minimum of 10 semester hours in one instrument
or voice and a maximum of 18 semester hours in
applied music. A minimum of eight semester hours
in one applied area is permitted if the student elects
to do a project in lieu of a senior recital. Students
concentrating in voice will be asked to demonstrate
some proficiency on the piano by the end of their
sophomore or junior year.

J 995- 1 997 Catalog

85

Ml

A senior recital or project 410 or 490 (in lieu of

recital)

Ensemble Experience:

A minimum of two years in an approved College

ensemble. Normally this required participation is

fulfilled in the major ensemble related to the

student's applied music area during the last four

semesters in which enrolled for classwork on campus.

Students begin this four-semester sequence in their

sophomore year if anticipating student teaching

during the spring semester of their senior year or

studying abroad during their junior year.

The minimum number of hours required for a music

major at Agnes Scott College is 37 hours. For those

who do a project in lieu of a senior recital the

minimum is 38 hours.

Requirements for the Minor

A minimum of twenty hours in the department
including Music 106 and 1 11. A minor program
may have an emphasis in performance, theory or
history, but its specific design must be created with
the guidance and approval of the department chair.

Music Appreciation

106f. INTRODUCTION TO THE ART OF

MUSIC I (3)

Basic concepts and terminology appropriate to various
kinds of music. The relationship of music to society and
the other arts.

204s. HISTORY OF JAZZ (3)

Trends, developments and personalities in American jazz.

205f. AMERICAN POPULAR MUSIC

(3)

A chronological study of American popular music in the
eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Works examined in terms of musical and textual content
and in the light of their sociological contexts.

206s. MUSICAL THEATRE AND FILM MUSIC (3)

The structure, content and music/lyrics of the musical
comedy and musical play genres. Conventions, stock
characters and formulas of the musical theatre are
examined. A portion of the course deals with the use of
music in non-musical films. A rudimentary knowledge of

musical terminology is desired but not required.

Theory and History
of Music

108f. FOUNDATIONS OF MUSIC (3)

Designed for students with little or no knowledge ot
music theory, the course teaches the elements of music in
sufficient depth to enable the student to read music and
compose song forms.
Not open to students who have had 1 1 1

Ills. MUSIC THEORY I (4)

Functional tonality and part-writing. Assumes prior
knowledge of triads and key signatures.
Prerequisite: 106; 108 or permission as determined by
examination

208f. (Religious Studies 208) HISTORY OF SACRED
MUSIC (3)

Development of liturgy and worship practices and

especially of the role of music in Jewish and Christian

worship.

Offered J 995-96 and alternate years

21 If. MUSIC THEORY II (4)

Continuation ot 111 with emphasis on functional
tonality and chromatic harmony.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 111

212s. MUSIC THEORY III (4)

A continuation of 21 1 with emphasis on functional
tonality and classical forms.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 2 1 1

213f. MUSIC BEFORE 1750 (3)

A chronological study of Western art music from the
Greek civilization through the Baroque era.
Prerequisite: 1 1 1

214s. MUSIC OF THE CLASSICAL AND

ROMANTIC PERIODS (3)

A chronological study of Western art music from the late
eighteenth, nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.
Prerequisite: 111 or permission of the instructor

86

Agnes Scott College

Music

217f. SYNTHESIZER I

( 1 ) 490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY

(4-8)

Synthesizer keyboards, including their principles of
operation, their methods of performance, the program-
ming of sounds and the composing and editing of scores
using computer software.
Prerequisite: permission of instructor

220s. (Women's Studies 220) WOMEN IN

MUSIC (3)

A historical and sociological overview of the role women
have played in music as composers, performers, teachers,
critics, historians, theorists and patrons not only in the
European art tradition but in other traditions as well
from antiquity to the present.

220Ls. (Women's Studies 220L) (German 320L)
WOMEN IN MUSIC, GERMAN
COMPONENT (1)

See German 320L for description.

305f. TWENTIETH-CENTURY MUSIC (3)

The characteristics and tendencies of music since 1900.
Outstanding composers and significant works are studied.
Prerequisite: 111 or permission of the instructor

311s. ORCHESTRATION ( 3 )

A course to develop skills in the writing, reading and

analysis of orchestral scores. Emphasis is placed on

writing.

Prerequisite: 212 or 111 and permission of the instructor

312s. FORM AND ANALYSIS (3)

A detailed examination of formal controls as revealed in
selected contrapuntal and homophonic works of music.
Prerequisite: 212

Not offered 1995-96

313s. TECHNIQUES OF COMPOSITION

(3)

410f,s. SENIOR STUDY IN MUSIC THEORY OR
HISTORY (2-4)

Specialized study for majors to meet the needs of the
individual students.

480s. SENIOR SEMINAR (3)

Specialized areas of music designed to meet the needs of

students in the seminar.

Open to senior music majors only

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

Music Education

Students who may be interested in pursuing a certifi-
cation program are referred to the Education Depart-
ment description of our state approved program.

Applied Music

For the 1995-96 academic year, the applied music fee is
$27 per hour. The fee for Music 150 and 180 is $14 per
hour. There is no charge for students majoring or minoring
in music or for students who are taking or have taken
Music 111 .

Credit is awarded for applied music offered hy the
College as follows:

One credit hour for each semester at the 100 and
200 level; two credit hours for each semester above
the 200 level

Applied music lessons do not satisfy the Distributional
Star\dard in fine arts.

The prerequisite for individual lessons in voice is
Music 180 or permission of the instructor. Also, no
students are permitted organ instruction without a
background on keyboard. Beginning level instruc-
tion on piano and voice are offered in the following
courses:

1 50Af ,s. CLASS PIANO I (1 )

Class instruction on piano for students who are beginners
on the instrument. Students are taught in a piano
laboratory and those who complete 150A will normally
proceed into 150B unless the instructor believes the
student's skills are developed sufficiently to warrant her
being placed in 151 tor individual lessons.

1 50Bf ,s. CLASS PIANO II ( 1 )

Class instruction for students who may have had some
training on the instrument but whose skills are undevel-
oped and in need of review. Laboratory instruction for
them begins at this level. Students from 150A also elect
1 50B unless exempted by the instructor. Students with
adequate training begin individual lessons in 151.

1995-1997 Catalog

87

Music, Philosophy

180f,s. CLASS VOICE (1)

The study of vocal technique including physiological and
anatomical aspects of singing as well as diction and song
preparation.

Beginning level instruction also is offered in strings (170A,
170B) and winds (190A, 190B) and students here also
are given group instruction when registration justifies it.
One hour of instruction and six hours of practice weekly
are required of all students who take applied music for
credit. A performance exam is conducted at the end of
each semester. The music major may register for two
additional credit hours for her senior recital.

Nonmajors may earn a maximum of fourteen credit hours.
After four semesters, nonmajors who wish to continue
applied music must take a course in Music Theory or
some other approved course in the Music Department.

Noncredit: Students who wish to take applied music
without credit are required to pay a fee.

Courses in applied music are numbered as follows:

Accompanying: 153, 154, 253, 254, 353, 354, 453, 454

Harpsichord: 141, 142; 241, 242; 341, 342; 441, 442; 449

(Senior Recital)

Piano: 150A, 150B (for beginners), 151, 152; 251, 252;

351, 352; 451, 452; 459 (Senior Recital)

Organ: 161, 162; 261, 262; 361, 362; 461, 462; 469

(Senior Recital)

Percussion: 193, 194; 293, 294; 393, 394; 493, 494; 498

(Senior Recital)

Strings: 170A, 170B (for beginners), 171, 172; 271, 272;

371, 372; 471, 472; 479 (Senior Recital)

Voice: 180 (for beginners), 181, 182; 281, 282; 381, 382;

481, 482; 489 (Senior Recital)

Winds: 190A, 190B (for beginners), 191, 192; 291, 292;

391, 392; 491, 492; 499 (Senior Recital)

Prerequisite: written permission of the department chair

Ensembles

Many opportunities are available to Agnes Scott
students, staff and faculty to participate in musical
ensembles. Those requiring an audition for membership
are Glee Club (chorus), London Fog (jazz vocal group)
and Agnes Scott College Community Orchestra. Those
not requiring an audition are Joyful Noise (gospel vocal
choir), flute choir and chamber ensemble (winds, strings,
keyboard, voice and percussion). Participation may be
possible through cross-registration in Marching or
Symphonic Band at Georgia Tech, Jazz Ensemble at
Georgia State University or early music at Clayton State
College.
Students may receive a maximum of 4 semester hours of

credit for participation in an ensemble. The following

ensemble courses are offered and carry .5 hours of credit:

Vocal ensemble: 131, 132, 231, 232, 331, 332, 431, 432

Instrumental ensemble: 133, 134, 233, 234, 333, 334,

433, 434

Prerequisite: written permission of the ensemble

director

Philosophy

Professors:

David P. Behan
Richard D. Parry

There are two different but complementary
approaches to courses in philosophy. The
systematic approach is through courses which
deal with specific problems (e.g., 104, 130). The
historical approach is through courses in the history of
philosophy (e.g., 206, 209, 210). Students considering
courses in philosophy should seek the advice of the
members of the department concerning particular
courses.

The requirements for the major in philosophy
embody two goals. The first is that the student learn,
through close work with primary sources, the ideas of
the major philosophers. The second is that the student
develop and practice techniques of critical analysis
and constructive reasoning. In fulfilling the
requirements, the student majoring in philosophy
acquires a thorough grounding in the major areas of
the discipline and also develops her own critical and
creative philosophical skills.

Requirements for the Major

Students considering a major in philosophy should

try to complete 103, 206 and 209 before the end of

the sophomore year.

Logic: 103 or 220

History of Philosophy: 206, 209, 210

Value Theory: 104 or 130

88

Agnes Scott College

Philosophy

Metaphysics and Epistemology: three courses from
the following: 225, 320, 324, 326, 339, 340, 341
333 may satisfy any one requirement group as
indicated in the topic description.
Religious Studies 345 counts toward the major.
The minimum number of hours required for a
Philosophy major is 30.

Requirements for the Minor

Logic: 103 or 220

History of Philosophy: 206, 209, 210

Value Theory: 104 or 130

Metaphysics and Epistemology: two courses from

the following: 225, 320, 324, 326, 339, 340, 341

333 may satisfy any one requirement group as

indicated in the topic description. Religious Studies

345 counts toward the minor.

103s. INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC (3)

An introduction both to the rudiments of critical
thinking, with emphasis on analysis of ordinary discourse
into formal symbolism and to the properties of formal
systems.

104f. ETHICS (3)

Consideration of some contemporary moral issues, such
as euthanasia, abortion, war and world hunger and their
relation to ethical theories from Plato to the present.

115f. MIND, SELF AND PERSONAL

IDENTITY (3)

An introduction to philosophical theories of the nature
of the mind, bundle and substance theories of the self
and the philosophical basis of personal identity.
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

130f. LAW, MORALITY AND THE STATE (3)

The major figures in political and legal philosophy from

Plato to Marx.

Offered 1 996-97 arui alterrmte years

206f . HISTORY OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY ( 3 )

The thought of major figures in Western philosophy from
the pre-Socratic era to the Hellenistic age.

209s. SEVENTEENTH- AND EIGHTEENTH-
CENTURY PHILOSOPHY (3)

The historical development of philosophic thought in

the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Readings in
Descartes, Locke, Berkeley and Hume.

210f. KANT'S CRITICAL PHILOSOPHY (3)

Kant's Critique of Pure Reason.
Prerequisite: 209

215s. PHILOSOPHY OF LAW (3)

Critical examination of natural law theory, legal
positivism, legal realism and critical legal studies.
Particular emphasis on Hart and Dworkin.
Prerequisite: 130 or permission of the instructor
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

220f . SYMBOLIC LOGIC ( 3 )

The language and rules of derivation for sentential and

predicate logic.

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

Offered J 995-96 and alternate years

225s. GOD AND PHILOSOPHY IN THE

MIDDLE AGES (3)

Major themes from medieval philosophy considered
from several religious traditions.

320s. PLATO (3)

Intensive study of selected dialogues.

Prerequisite: 206 or 104

Offered 1 995-96 and alternate years

324s. ARISTOTLE (3)

Intensive study of topics selected from the logical,
epistemological and metaphysical works.
Prerequisite: 206
Offered J 996-97 and alternate years

326f. DESCARTES (3)

Descartes' major philosophic works in the context of his
natural science.
Prerequisite: 209

Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

333f. TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY (3 )

Topic for fall 1 995 : The Classical Period of American
Philosophy. Considers pragmatism, pragmaticism and
idealism in the writings of Peirce, James, Dewey and
Royce.

Prerequisite: Any two courses in philosophy and
permission of the instructor

J 995-] 997 Catalog

89

Philosophy, Physical Education and Athletics

339s. THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (3 )

A critical study of major issues in contemporary

epistemology.

Prerequisite: 209 and 220 or permission of the instructor

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

340s. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHICAL
THEORIES OF THE SELF

(3)

Parfit's reductionism, Madell's non-reductionism and the

recent Uterature.

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

34 If. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN LANGUAGE
PHILOSOPHY (3)

Consideration of issues such as realism and the autonomy
of language, raised by contemporary thinkers, including
Wittgenstein, Kripke, Rorty and Putnam.
Prerequisite: 209

Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY

Supervised intensive study in fields or periods of
philosophy.

(2-4)

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

Students in the academic program, not only for
physical well-being, but to develop lifetime activities
for fitness and recreation. Four semester hours of
physical education are required for graduation. No
more than four semester hours will count toward the
1 24 hours necessary for graduation. Letter grades are
given but do not count in the quality-point ratio.

Students with no prior physical education on the
college level will take one course in Fitness and
Health Assessment. Other courses taken to fulfill the
four semesters requirement may be taken from any
area; however, it is strongly recommended that
students take at least one course from Lifetime
Activities.

The Robert W. Woodruff Physical Activities
Building with its basketball courts, eight-lane 25-
meter swimming pool and weight room with Nautilus
equipment; the track and field; the tennis courts; and
the dance studios and racquetball courts in the Alston
Campus Center provide quality facilities for classes,
recreational opportunities and club and intercollegiate
sports.

Information about athletic activities may be found
on page 18.

Fitness and Health Assessment

Physical Education
and Athletics

Instructors:

Paige Cardel

Marylin B. Darling

Starlyn M. Minke, Director of Athletics

Susan Showers

Bing Wei

A gnes Scott College has a tradition of recogniz-
Z k ing that physical activity is an essential
JL \~ component of the total growth and educa-
tion of women. Physical education is required of all

102. BODY FITNESS (1)

Fitness through use of weight training.

1 03 . FITNESS SWIMMING ( 1 )

Fitness through lap swimming and interval workouts.
Prerequisite: Intermediate level swimming strokes

105. HYDROBICS (D

Fitness through vigorous water exercises.

1 06. JOGGING FOR FITNESS ( 1 )

Fitness through individualized running programs.

1 09. STEP AEROBICS ( 1 )

Fitness achieved through continuous movement using
levels to vary intensity, resistance and speed.

90

Agnes Scott College

Physical Education and Athletics

Lifetime Activities

lll.RACQUETBALL (1)

Skills, etiquette, safety and injury prevention of
racquethall.

112. FENCING (1)

Foil fencing for the individual with little or no experi-
ence. Skills, techniques and bouting covered.

114. FOLK, SQUARE AND SOCIAL DANCE ( 1 )

International folk dances, American square dances and
social dance from 1930 to the present taught.
Offered 1996-97 and alternate years.

123. TENNIS (1)

Tennis for the individual with little or no prior experi-
ence. Forehand, backhand drives and the serve with
game procedures and rules covered.

127. VOLLEYBALL/BADMINTON (1)

Basic skills, rules and strategies needed to participate in
volleyball and badminton.

Team Sports

131. BASKETBALL/BADMINTON

Basic skills, rules and strategies of basketball and
badminton.

(1)

115. GOLF (1)

Basic skills covered. Rules and golf etiquette are
included. Several trips made to the driving range. (Fee
required)

116. JAZZ (1)

Beginning elements of jazz dance explored along with
jazz technique, terminology and history.

117. RIDING I (1)

Beginning riding; dressage seat geared toward combined
training. Taught off-campus. (Fee required)

118. RIDING II (1)

Intermediate riding. Continuation of Riding 1. Taught

off-campus. (Fee required)

Prerequisite: Riding I or permission of the instructor

119. RIDING III (1)

Advanced Riding. Students perform basic dressage on
difficult horses. Includes possibilities for jumping. Taught
off-campus. (Fee required)
Prerequisite: Riding II or permission of the instructor

120. SWIMMING (1)

Swimming for the beginner and intermediate. Five basic
strokes covered.

122. TAP AND CLOG (1)

Basic elements of tap and clog. A dance in each area is

taught each session.

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

132. SOFTBALL (1)

Basic skills covered. Team play and rules incorporated.

134. SOCCERA'OLLEYBALL (1)

Basic skills, rules and strategies of soccer and volleyball.

Specialized Activities

140. BALLET (1)

Beginning ballet technique, terminology and history as
well as the Cecchetti positions.

1 42. LIFEGUARD TRAINING ( 1 )

Red Cross certified lifeguard training course.
Prerequisite: Advanced level swimming; ability to swim
500 yards; current first aid and CPR certificates required
no later than ten days after the completion of the course
to receive certification (Fee required)
Offered 1996-97 and alternate years

143. RESPONDING TO EMERGENCIES (1)

Enables students to recognize when an emergency has
occurred, follow an emergency action plan for any
emergency and provide care for injuries or sudden illness
until professional medical help arrives. (Fee required)

1 44. MODERN DANCE ( 1 )

Beginning modern dance technique, improvisation and
elements of contemporary dance are emphasized.

146. SYNCHRONIZED SWIMMING ( 1 )

Basic synchronized swimming strokes and figures are
covered. Students perform a routine at the end of the

J 995- 1 997 Catalog

91

Physical Education and Athletics, Physics and Astronomy

semester.

Prerequisite: Advanced level swimming strokes

147. WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTORS ( 1 )

Red Cross water safety instructor course. Students perfect
swimming skills, learn techniques of teaching all levels of
swimming.

Prerequisite: Introduction to Health Services Education
course taught at Red Cross service centers (4 hours);
Advanced lifesaving; permission of the instructor;
screening test is given {Fee required)
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

Club Activities and
Inter'Collegiate Sports

Students wishing to complete part or aR of their second year
of physical education by participation in club activities or
intercolle^te sports may do so if they meet the prerequisites.

200. BASKETBALL TEAM

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

202. CROSS COUNTRY

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

(1)
(1)

203. AQUATIC SCOTTIES CLUB(l)

Prerequisite: selection by tryout and permission of the
instructor

205. SOCCER TEAM

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

(1)

206. STUDIO DANCE THEATRE ( 1 )
Prerequisite: selection by audition and permission of the
instructor

207. TENNIS TEAM (1)
Prerequisite: team selection by tryout and permission of
the instructor

209. VOLLEYBALL TEAM

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

(1)

Physics and
Astronomy

Associate Professors:

Arthur L. Bowling, Jr.
Alberto C. Sadun

Physics and astronomy are attempts to under-
stand and to predict as many natural phenom-
ena as possible, using a few conceptual models
tested by experiment and observation. The prepara-
tion acquired through concentration in physics or
astrophysics provides a general, flexible foundation for
graduate study or for professional work in physics,
astronomy or engineering.

A student interested in both physics and math-
ematics is invited to consider a mathematics-physics
major.

Astronomy courses incorporate the use of the
Bradley Observatory and the College's 30-inch Beck
telescope located at Hard Labor Creek Observatory.

Requirements for the Major
PHYSICS

Courses required in the discipline:

Physics 110, 111 and Astronomy 120; 22 additional
hours as approved by the department. The constitu-
tion of the additional hours is to be determined
by consultation between the student wishing to
concentrate in either physics or astrophysics and
her academic advisor. Majors with a concentration
in astrophysics may have a maximum of 60 hours in
the major.

Courses required outside the discipline:
Mathematics 150 or 250, 205
Courses recommended for the major:
Mathematics 206, 305 and 309

Requirements for the Minors

PHYSICS

Physics 110, 1 1 1; at least 14 additional hours in

92

Agnes Scott College

Physics and Astronomy

physics (for a total of 22 physics hours) as approved
by the department

ASTROPHYSICS

Physics 110, 111; Astronomy 120, 121; a minimum
of 1 2 hours of astronomy courses beyond As-
tronomy 121

The recommended sequence:
Physics 110, 1 1 1 , Astronomy 120, 121, 200, 212,
300. The program must have the approval of the
chair of the department.

Physics

Physics 102 and 103 are intended for students in the Post-
Baccalaureate Premedical and Allied Health Professions
Program but are open to other students as well.

102f. ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS I (4)

Quantitative discussion of physical phenomena,
illustrated by laboratory experiments. Algebra and
trigonometry are used. This course is not suitable for
students concentrating in a science and does not satisfy the
laboratory science distribution requirement.

103s. ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS II (4)

Continuation of Physics 102.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 102

llOf. INTRODUCTION TO MECHANICS AND
ELECTRICITY (4)

Motion, gravitation and electrical phenomena. Calculus

is used.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: Mathematics 1 19 or permission of the

instructor

Ills. INTRODUCTION TO MAGNETISM, HEAT,
SOUND AND LIGHT (4)

Elements of magnetism, thermodynamics and the physics
of wave phenomena. Calculus is used.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 11

242f. ANALOG ELECTRONICS

DC and AC circuits, semiconductor devices and
applications, operational amplifiers, power supplies.

(1)

ILAB
Prerequisite: 1 10

243s. DIGITAL ELECTRONICS (1)

Number systems, Boolean algebra, logic gates, memories,
introduction to microprocessors.
ILAB
Prerequisite: 242

320f. CLASSICAL MECFIANICS I (3)

Newton's system for describing motion, special relativity,
oscillations, motion under the influence of central forces.
Prerequisite: 1 1 1
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

321s. CLASSICAL MECHANICS II (3)

The formulations of Lagrange and Hamilton, accelerated
reference frames, rigid body motion, coupled oscillations
and waves.
Prerequisite: 320

Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

330f. THERMAL PHYSICS (3)

Equilibrium thermodynamics, presented from phenom-
enological and from statistical points of view.
Prerequisite: 1 1 1
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

331s. STATISTICAL MECHANICS (3)

Calculation of thermal phenomena using the methods of
Boltzmann and Gibbs; elements of quantum statistical
mechanics.
Prerequisite: 330

Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

340f. ELECTROMAGNETISM (3)

Static electric and magnetic fields, introduction to
boundary value problems, Maxwell's equations.
Prerequisite: 111

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

341s. ELECTRODYNAMICS, RADIATION AND
OPTICS (3)

Time-dependent electromagnetic fields, relativistic
invariance of the theory, emission and propogation ot
electromagnetic waves, introduction to plasma phenom-
ena, optics and lasers.
Prerequisite: 340
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

1995-1997 Catabg

93

Physics and Astronomy, Political Science, Sociolo^ and Anthropolo^

3 60f . QUANTUM PHYSICS I ( 3 )

Quantum phenomena and the failure of classical physics,
wave mechanics ot quantum particles, illustrative one-
dimensional problems, spin, multiparticle systems.
Prerequisite: 111

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

361s. QUANTUM PHYSICS II (3)

Approximation methods tor static and for time-
dependent situations, three-dimensional problems,
angular momentum, scattering theory, elementary
particles.
Prerequisite: 360
Offered J 995-96 and alternate years

4I0f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in specific areas of physics.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department

Astronomy

1 20f ,s. INTRODUCTORY ASTRONOMY I (4)

Motions of the earth, moon, planets and stars; the nature
and evolution of the stars and of other objects within the
galaxy. Familiarity with algebra strongly recommended.
3 LEG, 1 LAB evening session at Bradley Observatory

121s. INTRODUCTORY ASTRONOMY II (4)

The nature of galaxies, the history and large scale
structure of the universe as presently understood, the
evolution and properties of the solar system.
3 LEC, 1 LAB evening session at Bradley Observatory
Prerequisite: 120

200f. ASTROPHYSICS I (3)

Topics in stellar evolution and cosmology, pulsars and

black holes, quasars and active galaxies.

Prerequisite: 121

Prerequisite or corequisite: Physics 110

Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

212f. MODERN ASTRONOMICAL

TECHNIQUES (3)

Finding and acquiring objects at the telescope through
use of digital encoders and setting circles. The reduction
and analysis of astronomical data taken from CCD
(electronic) images. Extensive use of computers to
enhance and measure images, including those taken at

94

remote observatories.

Requires evening of observation at Bradley Observatory

Prerequisite: 121

300s. ASTROPHYSICS II (3)

Dynamics of gravitationally bound systems, interstellar

medium, stellar and planetary atmospheres, high energy

phenomena.

Prerequisite: 200; Physics 111

Offered 1996-97 and alternate years

320f. GALACTIC ASTRONOMY (3)

Physical structure and evolution of stars, exotic objects

within the galaxy, properties of interstellar gas, dust and

plasmas.

Prerequisite: 200; Physics 111

Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

361s. EXTR AG ALACTIC ASTRONOMY ( 3 )

The origin and evolution of the universe is discussed,
together with the origin of the elements. The future
course the universe will take and the inflationary theory
will be discussed as well.
Prerequisite: 200; Physics 1 1 1
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in various specific areas of astronomy.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research is arranged under the supervision
of a member ot the department.

Political Science,
Sociology and
Anthropology

Professor:

Augustus B. Cochran, III
Associate Professors:

Martha Woodson Rees

Catherine V. Scott
Assistant Professors:

Juan A. Allende

Agnes Scott College

Political Science , Sociolo^ and Anthropology

Josephine Boyd Bradley
Brenda Hoke

Political Science

Politics is, in the words of Brian Fay, our "deliber-
ate efforts to order, direct and control (our)
collective affairs and activities, to establish ends
for our society and to implement and evaluate these
ends." There are few contemporary issues, ranging
from artistic freedom to unemployment, from abortion
to the environment, that do not involve a significant
political dimension. The discipline of political science
offers a student the opportunity to think systematically
about and to evaluate critically our political life.

The program offers courses in the subfields of
political science: world politics, political theory and
comparative politics, including U.S. and Latin
American politics. Students may study these fields in
courses offered in a variety of formats: introductory
level, upper division surveys, advanced topics courses
and individual research. Classes are generally small
and rely on a combination of discussion and lecture.

Because political knowledge is so closely related to
other disciplines, we recommend that majors choose
electives from many areas, but especially from history,
philosophy and the social sciences.

We also encourage majors to participate in intern-
ships with local, state or national goveniments or
private institutions such as the Carter Center and in
off-campus study programs, such as the Washington
Semester Programs or Global Awareness and other
study abroad opportunities.

Requirements for the Major

102, 400 and 401

A minimum of 18 hours on the 300 level or above.
Students must choose at least one course from each
of the following four groups:
U.S. Institutions and Politics: 203, 301, 308, 311,
317

Political Theory: 313, 351, 354
World Politics: 103, 282, 326, 328

Comparative Politics: 205, 211, 320, 322, 342

Additional course that counts toward the major:

LAS 107

A maximum of two from the following courses may

count toward the major:

Economics: 315, 334, 360

History: 314, 334, 338

Philosophy: 130,215

A minimum of 30 hours is required for the major.

Requirements for the Minor

To minor in political science, a student must earn
at least 18 hours, 15 of which must be chosen from
the 300 level or above. Cross-listed courses do not
satisfy the minimum requirements for the minor. A
student may select courses to reflect her interests,
but the minor program must be approved by the
chair of the department or faculty members
designated by the chair.

102f. INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN

GOVERNMENT (3)

American political institutions and issues, including the
Supreme Court, Congress, the Presidency, parties,
elections, interest groups and contemporary political
ideologies.

103f. INTRODUCTION TO WORLD POLITICS (3)

Major developments in world politics since 1945: the
Cold War, international political economy, challenges to
state sovereignty and environmental issues.

203s. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW (3)

Examination of constitutional decisions interpreting the
powers ot government and the rights ot individuals to
due process and equal protection of the laws. Includes
issues of civil liberties and the civil rights of women and
minorities.

205s. COMPARATIVE POLITICS (3)

Examines representative political institutions, ideolo-
gies, major public policies and social movements'
influence in democratic, post-communist and Third
World political systems.

211s. (Sociology 214) (Women's Studies 211)

WOMEN IN LATIN AMERICA ( 3 )

Women in Latin American history, especially in the

1995-1997 Catalog

95

Political Science, Sociolo^ and Anthropology

twentieth century. Focuses on women's social, political,
economic and cultural struggles and contributions.
Includes discussions of Latin American feminism, Indian
women and women in revolutions, regime transitions
and social movements.
Offered J 995-96 and alternate years

21lLs. (Sociology 214) (Women's Studies 211L)
(Spanish 301L) WOMEN IN LATIN AMERICA,
SPANISH COMPONENT ( 1 )

Reading and discussion of texts complementary and
parallel to those used in Political Science 211. Con-
ducted in Spanish.

Corequisite: Political Science 211 (Sociology 214)
(Women's Studies 211)

Prerequisite: Spanish 201 or permission of the instructor
Not offered 1995-96

282f. U.S. FOREIGN POLICY SINCE 1945 (3)

Critical interpretation and analysis of U.S. foreign policy
since the end of World War 11, with a special focus on
the Vietnam War as a pivotal case study in understand-
ing the Cold War. Comparisons between Cold War and
post-Cold War foreign policy, changing relationships
between the U.S. and its allies, former enemies and the
third world and the development of new paradigms of
foreign policy making.

30 If. UNITED STATES LEGAL SYSTEM (3 )

Institutions, processes, basic concepts and personnel of
the United States judicial system.
Prerequisite: 102 or permission of the instructor

Not offered 1995-96

302s. CONFLICT RESOLUTION (3)

Theory and practice of conflict resolution. Includes

practicum at the Neighborhood Justice Center of

Atlanta.

Prerequisite: 102 or permission of the instructor

Not offered 1995-96

308s. SOUTHERN POLITICS

AND THE CIVIL RIGHTS MOVEMENT (3 )

Examination of Southern politics with emphasis on the
interaction of race and class issues since World War 11
and analysis of the impact of the civil rights movement
on changing national as well as regional politics and
public policies.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

experience of Latinos/as in the United States. Examines
the cultural background, values and political behavior of
this fast growing population. Includes a review of main
issues for Latinos/as (for example, immigration, health,
economic opportunities, bilingualism) and looks at
public policies affecting them.
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

313f. (Women's Studies 313) GENDER POLITICS (3)

Analysis of various feminist perspectives on gender, race
and class; feminist analysis of political issues; and the
feminist encounter with postmodernism.
Offered 1996-97 and alternate years

314s. (History 314) EUROPE SINCE 1945 (3)

See History 314 for description.

314Ls. (History 314L) (German 3 14L) EUROPE
SINCE 1945, GERMAN COMPONENT ( 1 )

See German 314L for description.

315s. (Economics 315) COMPARATIVE
ECONOMIC SYSTEMS

See Economics 315 for description.

(3)

3 1 If. LATINO POLITICS

History, community, profile and overview of the

(3)

3 1 7s. POLITICS OF THE MASS MEDIA (3)

The role of mass media in political life, including the
structure and decision-making processes of the media,
the interaction of the media with government and other
institutions, the impact of mass media in elections and
public policies toward the media.
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

3 19s. PUBLIC POLICY (3)

Analysis of the policy-making process and selected issues
of public policy such as poverty, education, affirmative
action, comparable worth, child care and worker
ownership of businesses.

Prerequisite: 102 or 205 or permission of the instructor
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

320s. LATIN AMERICAN POLITICS (3 )

Politics in contemporary Latin America, with special
emphasis on types of regimes (populist, authoritarian,
democratic and revolutionary) and political change.
Examines elite and popular responses to socioeconomic
crises and to global transformations.
Offered 1 996-97 and alterrmte years

322f. POLITICS OF DEVELOPMENT (3)

Exploration of contending theories of development and

96

Agnes Scott College

Political Science , Sociology and Anthropolo^

underdevelopment including modernization and
dependency theory, with case studies of development
politics in a variety of post-colonial states.
Prerequisite: 103 or 205 or permission of the instructor
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

326s. APPROACHES TO INTERNATIONAL

RELATIONS (3)

Analysis of current theoretical approaches to interna-
tional relations, including realism, international regimes
and world order theory; particular focus on their utility
in understanding issues such as violence, the environ-
ment, politics and North-South divisions.
Prerequisite: 103 or permission of the instructor

327f. POLITICS OF THE GLOBAL

ENVIRONMENT (3)

Analysis of major ecological issues in global politics, such
as environmental regulations in industrial countries, the
flight of transnational corporations to lesser developed
nations, the export of hazardous substances, safety
standards for workers and the interaction of poverty,
ethnicity and environmental issues.
Not offered 1995-96

328s. (History 340) U.S.-LATIN AMERICAN

RELATIONS (3)

U.S. -Latin American relations from the Monroe
Doctrine to the present, with equal attention to social,
political and economic developments and to U.S.
guiding rationales to interact with the region. Looks also
at current events and problems such as drugs, military
intervention, economic integration, immigration, etc.

332f. (History 334) THE UNITED STATES

FROM 1914 TO 1945 (3)

See History 334 for description.

334s. (Economics 334) ECONOMIC

DEVELOPMENT (3)

See Economics 334 for description.

340s. (History 338) THE UNITED STATES

SINCE 1945 (3)

See History 338 for description.

342f. (Religious Studies 350) RELIGION AND

POLITICS IN LATIN AMERICA (3 )

Surveys the role religion plays in politics and political
discourses. Emphasis is on Roman Catholicism and the

increasing presence of Protestantism. Special attention
given to liberation theologies, popular churches, the role
of the Religious Studies and church-state relations.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

35 If. DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND

PRACTICE (3)

Examination of debates among divergent models of
democracy and of the problems of democratic institu-
tions and practices in modem nation-states.
Offered J 995-96 and alternate years

354f. MARX AND RETHINKING MARXISM (3)

The thought of Karl Marx and subsequent developments
in socialist theory and practice. Includes topics in Neo-
Marxism in the twentieth century, the reassessment of
Marxism in the post- 1989 period and the Marxist
dialogue with contemporary radical thought.
Offered 1996-97 and alternate years

3 90f . TOPICS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE ( 3 )

Topic for 1995-96: Workplace Discrimination, Harass-
ment and the Law State and federal law and agencies
that regulate the employment relationship emphasizing
federal policies that address various forms of discrimina-
tion in employment. Particular attention is given to
discrimination based on gender and to sexual harassment
in the workplace.

400f. RESEARCH METHODS AND DESIGN

SEMINAR (3)

Philosophy of social science, overview of social science
research methods and student design of a research
project to be completed in the spring semester. Open to
senior majors in political science and sociology-
anthropology or by permission of the department chair.
Not open to students who have taken 399

401s. (Sociology 401) (Anthropology 401) SENIOR
RESEARCH SEMINAR (4)

Faculty supervised research project in either political
science or sociology-anthropology.
Prerequisite: Political Science 400

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in a selected field of political science.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the program.

I995-J997Cawkig

97

Political Science , Sociolo^ and Anthropolo^

Sociology

The discipline ot sociology focuses on the study
ot human society, including social action and
social organizations. Sociologists use theories
and scientific research methods to examine social life
in its multitude of settings. Sociologists investigate the
interconnections oi race, class, gender in the lives of
members ot our society.

Anthropologists compare societies and cultures,
both the unity of humankind and the diverse and
unique ways different peoples meet basic human
needs. Much ot the information anthropologists have
gathered comes from small-scale non- Western
societies. This represents an opportunity to step
outside familiar experience and broaden our under-
standing of what it means to be a human being.

Students are encouraged to cross-register with other
institutions in Atlanta. Students are also encouraged
to participate in Global Awareness or other programs
that give them diverse experiences. We recommend
that majors organize an internship or cross-cultural
research or living experience and pursue fluency in a
foreign language.

Requirements for the Major in
Sociolo^ and Anthropology

Courses required in the discipline:

Anthropology 101

Sociology 101

Sociology 351

Political Science 400

Sociology or Anthropology 401

Six additional courses: three in anthropology and

three in sociology

Recommended course for majors planning

graduate study:

Psychology 206

Recommended course for majors planning to do

social work:

Sociology 219

Additional course that counts toward the major:

Africana Studies 1 70

A minimum of 34 hours is required for the major.

Requirements for the Minor in
Sociology and Anthropology

Anthropology 101 or Sociology 101

Anthropology 102

Sociology 121, 351

6 additional hours in anthropology or sociology

1 1 f ,s. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY ( 3 )

Current sociological theory and research as they relate to
primary units of social life, social processes and social
institutions. Emphasis on relating concepts to contempo-
rary American society.

Sociology 10 1 or Anthropology 10 1 is the prerequisite for
all other courses in Sociology.

1 2 1 f . SOCIAL PROBLEMS ( 3 )

Examination of alternative ways of defining, measuring
and intervening in social problems.

206f. (Psychology 206) RESEARCH STATISTICS (4)

See Psychok)gy 206 tor description.

211s. (Women's Studies 212) MARRIAGE AND
THE FAMILY (3)

The tamily as a basic social institution. The range ot
alternative behaviors in contemporary family life. Role
relationships within the family and changes in family
patterns. Family organization in different social classes,
ethnic groups and Utopian communities.

214s. (Political Science 211) (Women's Studies 211)
WOMEN IN LATIN AMERICA (3)

See Political Science 2 1 1 for description.

214Ls. (Political Science 214L) (Women's Studies
21 IL) (Spanish 301L) WOMEN IN LATIN
AMERICA, SPANISH COMPONENT ( 1 )

See Political Science 21 IL tor description.

217f. (Education 203) SCHOOLS AND SOCIETY (3)

Education in criiss-cultural perspective. The role ot
education in the transmission ot values and culture. The
conflict between tamily and school. The inequality ot
educational opportunity.

219f. PRACTICUM IN SOCIAL WELFARE

(4)

Social welfare as a social institution and social work as a
profession. A critical component of the course is to place

98

Agnes Scott College

Political Science , Sociology and Anthropolo^

the student in a supervised social work/welfare settinf^

such as a hospital, battered women's shelter or youth

rehabilitation service.

Limited to eiftht students

Prerequisite: 101 or Anthropology 101 or permission of

the instructor

Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

230s. RACE, CLASS AND GENDER (3)

Survey of the history, basic theories and recent research
integrating these key concepts tor modem society.
Systematic examination of the effects of these variables
on different groups in society.
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

301. COLLECTIVE BEHAVIOR AND SOCIAL
MOVEMENTS (3)

Examination ot organized efforts at social change
through discussion of traditional and contemporary
perspective relative to collective action and American
social movements, such as, but not limited to, civil rights
and feminist movements.
Nor o/fered 1995-96

341s. (Classics 341) (Women's Studies 341)

FAMILY AND SOCIETY IN THE CLASSICAL
WORLD (3)

See Classics 341 for description.

341Ls. (Classics 341L) (Women's Studies 341L)
(Greek 241L/341L) (Latin 241L/341L) FAMILY
AND SOCIETY IN THE ANCIENT WORLD,
GREEK AND LATIN COMPONENT ( 1 )

See Classics 34 IL tor description.

370s. AFRICAN AMERICAN IMAGES IN

POPULAR CULTURE ( 3 )

Emphasis given to the impact of race on U.S. culture and
the interplay of race and culture with politics.
Ordinarily, students earn 3 hours of credit for this course.
Those students fulfilling the research requirement for the
minor in Africana Studies may elect to take this course
for 4 ht)urs.
Not offered in 1995-96

380s. EMANCIPATORY NARRATIVES (3 )

An investigation ot the sociological impact of slavery on
society and the literary protest used by African-Ameri-
cans in the struggle tor emancipation.
Ordinarily, students earn 3 hours ot credit tor this course.
Those students fulfilling the research requirement for the
minor in Africana Studies may elect to take this course
for 4 hours.
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

401s. (Political Science 401) (Anthropology 401)
SENIOR RESEARCH SEMINAR (4)

See Political Science 401 for description.

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study in a special tield ot sociology.

482f,s. SOCIOLOGY SEMINAR (3)

An examination of important sociological research

topics. Topics include issues related to the intersection of

race, class and gender.

Open only to junior and senior sociology -anthropology majors

or by permission of the instructor

Not offered 1995-96

350s. (Women's Studies 350) BLACK FEMINIST
THOUGHT: CHANGING IDEAS AND
REALITIES (3)

Interdisciplinary analysis and critique of the history of

ideas which make up African/African-American thought AnthrOpolOgV

and feminist consciousness.

Prerequisite: 351 or permission ot the instructor
Not o/fert'd 1995-96

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the program.

351f. SOCIAL THEORY (3)

Introduction to theory in social science, review of the
major theoretical constructs of the 19th century,
application in modern social science.

101s. CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY ( 3 )

Overview of cultural universals and cultural diversity,
using comparative analysis ot African, American, Asian
and other cultures. Examination of the impact of contact
between cultures and the contemporary condition of
indigenous peoples, using case studies (ethnographies),
ethnographic tilm and class activities.

J 995- 1 997 Catalog

99

Political Science, Sociolo^ and Anthropolo^

102f. HUMAN ORIGINS AND DIVERSITY (3)

Overview of evidence of the biological, social and
ecological bases of human behavior, from East African
fossils to the present; modem biological variation and its
effect on society. Examination of fossil material, artifacts
and contemporary skeletal material. TTieoretical
explanations for physical and cultural development of
humans and other primates, including evolution and
ecology, with specific attention to the origins of race and
gender and implications for contemporary society.

203 s. INDIGENOUS PEOPLES OF NORTH

AMERICA (3)

Overview of the archeology, ethnohistory, history and
contemporary conditions of indigenous peoples in North
America. Topics include indigenous and European
versions of historic and contemporary events; the effect
of contact, resistance and cultural change. The focus of
the course is ethnicity: its origin, content and role.
Prerequisite: 101
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

270f. (Women's Studies 270) WOMEN, HEALTH
AND SOCIETY (3)

Cross-cultural concepts of women's bodies and health,
including reproduction and child care, health practitio-
ners and disease. Focus on gender, ethnic and class
differences in health, health concepts and health
practices.

Prerequisite: 101 and 102 or permission of the instructor
Offered 1 996-97 aryi alternate years

300Lf. (Spanish 300L) INDIGENOUS PEOPLES OF
LATIN AMERICA, SPANISH COMPONENT (1)

See Spanish 300L for description.

304f. INDIGENOUS PEOPLES OF LATIN

AMERICA (3)

Overview of the archeology, ethnohistory, history and
contemporary condition of indigenous peoples in Latin
America. Topics include indigenous and European
versions of historic and contemporary events; the effect
of contact, resistance and culture change. The theoreti-
cal focus of the course is ethnicity: its origins, content
and role.

Prerequisite: 101 or Sociology 101 or permission of the
instructor
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

307s. ECONOMIC ANTHROPOLOGY (3)

Anthropological analysis of traditional and modem
industrial economic systems and their interaction. Use of
history and macroeconomics to examine development,
urbanization, agriculture, households, ethnicity and class.
Prerequisite: 101 or permission of the instructor
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

331s. (Classics 331) MYTHOLOGICAL PATTERNS
AND THEMES (3)

See Classics 331 tor description.

331Ls. (Classics 33 XL) (Greek 23 1/33 IL) (Latin
231L/331L) MYTHOLOGICAL PATTERNS
AND THEMES, GREEK AND LATIN
COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 33 IL for description.

390s. SEMINAR IN ANTHROPOLOGY (3)

Current research trends that may include such topics as
environmental, urban, development, feminist,
postmodern and indigenous anthropology, as well as life
histories and testimonials. Designed in collaboration
with students each semester. Includes recent works in
anthropology and current anthropological methods.
Open to nrnjors and minors in sociology and anthropology
and to others with the permission of the instructor.
Offered spring 1 997 and alternate years.

401s. (Political Science 401) (Sociology 401) SENIOR
RESEARCH SEMINAR (4)

See Political Science 401 for description.

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study in a special field of
anthropology.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the program.

100

Agnes Scott College

Psycholo^

Psychology

Professors:

Ayse Ugaz Garden

Thomas W. Hogan (on sabbatical 1995-96)
Associate Professor:

Eileen L. Cooley
Assistant Professor:

Barbara J. Blatchley

Psychology is the scientific study of human and
animal behavior. The departmental offerings
reflect the diversity of areas within the field.
The program for majors provides a strong background
in academic psychology, including opportunities for
both firsthand laboratory experiences and field
experiences.

Students who are planning to major in psychology
should consult with a faculty member in the program
as early in their college careers as possible.

Requirements for the Major

Courses required in the discipline:

121,206, 207, 208L, 304, 405
Courses required outside of the discipline (prefer-
ably taken before the end of the sophomore year):
Biology 110 or 120

One course in mathematics excluding Mathematics
104 and 150, taken prior to or with 206
Courses recommended for the major within the
discipline:

At least one course in each o{ the following areas of
psychology:

Social/Developmental: 130, 200, 240, 305
Personality and Abnormal: 310, 312, 316, 406
Cognitive and Physiological: 315, 320
Course recommended for the major:
125 (Interdisciplinary 100)
The minimum number of hours required for the
major is 30.

Requirements for the Minor

A minor in psychology must contain at least 22

hours of work in psychology. The minor program
may be designed by the student to reflect her
unique objectives; however, it is subject to the
approval of the chair in order to ensure disciplinary
coherence and relevance to the student's objectives.
Required courses:
121,206,207,2081

121f,s. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY (4)

Scientific description of facts and principles of psychol-
ogy. Emphasis on methods and results of experimental
investigation of human and animal behavior.

125f,s. (Interdisciplinary 100) THINKING AND
COMPUTING: AN INTRODUCTION TO
INFORMATION SCIENCE ( 3 )

See Interdisciplinary 100 for description. Does not satisfy
the distributional standard in social sciences.

Psychology 121 is the prerequisite for all other courses in
psychology.

130f,s. (Women's Studies 130) PSYCHOLOGY OF
WOMEN (3)

Critical review of psychological theory and research
toward an understanding of the cognitive, social and
emotional behavior of women.

200f,s. (Education 200) HUMAN LIFE SPAN

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Development of the individual from conception through
adulthood and old age.

206f. (Sociology 206) RESEARCH STATISTICS (4)

Basic theory, principles and applications of statistics in
behavioral science research.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: one course in mathematics
excluding Mathematics 104 and 150

207s. RESEARCH DESIGN AND METHODS (3)

Fundamentals of research methodology in psychology.
Topics include experimental, quasi-experimental and
descriptive research designs, internal and external
validity and research ethics.

Prerequisite: 206

208Ls. LABORATORY IN RESEARCH DESIGN
AND METHODS (1)

Applied experience with research methods in psychol-

1995-1997 Catalog

101

Psycholo^

ogy. Research methods include experimental, quasi-
experimental and descriptive research designs.
Prerequisite or corequisite: 207

240s. PSYCHOLOGY OF CROSS-CULTURAL
CONTACT (3)

Theories and research on how individuals confront and
interact with members of other cultures, with special em-
phasis on factors that promote cross-cultural effectiveness.

304s. HISTORY OF THEORY AND RESEARCH IN
PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Historical background for current theories and research
issues in psychology.

305f. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Behavior of the individual as influenced by the behavior
and characteristics of other individuals.
Offered 1 995-96 and alternate years

3 1 Os. PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT ( 3 )

Principles and issues of psychological assessment with an
emphasis on tests of personality and cognitive abilities
Prerequisite: 206 or Mathematics 115
Not offered 1995-96

3 12f. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Coverage ot the diagnostic characteristics, theoretical
perspectives and treatments of the major psychological
disorders.

315f. COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Human cognition and perception with selected topics
from attention, states of consciousness, human learning,
memory, imagery, concept formation, language, problem
solving, creative thinking and intelligence.

3 16f. PERSONALITY

Theory and research in the field of personality.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

(3)

3 20f . PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY ( 3 )

Neurophysiological basic of various mental and
behavioral processes such as sensory-motor mechanisms,
perception, emotion, motivation, thinking, memory,
language, sleep and consciousness.

324f,s. SPECIAL AREAS OF PSYCHOLOGY (2-3)

A seminar focusing on a topic of contemporary interest
in psychology. Each year the department will announce
the topic(s) to be offered during the next academic year.

The nature of the topic determines the inclusion of a
laboratory component.

Prerequisites beyond Psychology 121 and credit hours
vary according to topic.

Topic for fall 1995: Clinical Psychology and
Psychological Adjustment (3)

Individual and small group research project(s) in clinical
psychology and/or psychological adjustment will be con-
ducted. Students may register for one or two semesters.
Prerequisite: 206 and permission of the instructor
Topic for fall 1 995 : Industrial/Organizational
Psychology (2)

Industrial/Organizational Psychology Explores how
people think and behave at work from industrial/
organizational perspectives. The industrial perspective
examines the theory and practice of selection, training
and evaluation of workers. The organizational perspec-
tive investigates employee satisfaction, leadership and
cooperative processes. A segment of the class is devoted
to the study of forensic psychology as well as other
related topics of interest to students.
Topic for spring 1996: Cognition and Brain
Processes (2)

Examination of relationships between cognition and
brain processes through original psychological experi-
ments carried out in an area or areas selected from
sensation, perception, attention, memory, language and
thinking.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

405f. CONTEMPORARY RESEARCH IN

PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Contemporary research and problems in psychology with
an emphasis on the in-depth study of selected topics.

406s. PRACTICUM (3)

Supervised field placement focusing on psychopathology,
counseling, industrial/organizational psychology or
related areas. Placement activities are supplemented by a
weekly seminar and research literature reviews.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor (Priority will
be given to senior psychology majors.)

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study in fields or problems of
psychology.

481s. (Biology 481) INTERDISCIPLINARY
SEMINAR IN ANIMAL/HUMAN
BEHAVIOR (1)

Open to students taking a self-designed major in biology-

102

Agnes Scott College

Psychology, Religiuus Studies

psycht)logy or to senior majors in biology or in psychol-
ogy with adequate preparation in both disciplines, as
determined by consultation with both department chairs.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research is arranged under the supervision
of a member of the department.

Religious Studies

Professor:

John J. Carey
Associate Professor:

Tina Pippin

The academic study of religion offers students
opportunity to explore some of the most
creative expressions of the human spirit in its
responses to "The Holy," "The Ultimate" or "God."

Courses are designed to cover the distinctive beliefs
and practices, sacred literatures and cultural expres-
sions of the great religious traditions of the world.
Special emphasis in the curriculum is placed on
biblical literature, as well as upon contemporary
expressions of religious thought.

Requirements for the Major

Courses required in the discipline:

A minimum 30-hour major, with at least 12 hours
on the 300 or 400 level in the department, includ-
ing 463

Other required courses are: 100, 101, 130, 131
Six hours must be taken in each of the
following: Area 11 (Biblical Studies), Area 111 (Reli-
gious Thought and Social Context). Three hours
must be taken in area IV (World Religions).
No more than two of the following cross-listed
courses may be applied toward the minimum
major in religious studies: Art 202; History 335;
Political Science 342; Music 208.
A minimum of 30 hours in religious studies is required
for the major.

Requirements for the Minor

One course at the 100 level and 15 additional hours,
including at least one upper-division religious
studies course. One cross-listed course may be
applied to the minor.

I. Introductory Studies

1 OOf . HEBREW SCRIPTURES ( 3 )

Religious history and society of the people of Ancient
Israel as contained in their sacred Scriptures.

(3)

101s. NEW TESTAMENT

Literature of the New Testament and its origins and
development in the early Jesus movement and early
Christianity.

1 30f . RELIGIONS OF INDIA AND ASIA ( 3 )

A consideration of the origins and belief systems ot
Hinduism, Jainism, Sikhism, Zoroastrianism, Buddhism,
Taoism, Confucianism and Shinto.

130Gf. RELIGIONS OF INDIA AND ASIA:
GLOBAL CONNECTIONS

(2)

Study/travel component which focuses on the religions
of India and their sacred places and builds on materials
presented in 130. Classroom orientation sessions during
the fall semester and study/travel during January
intersession. Final written project required. Special fees
required for travel component.
Corequisite: 1 30 or permission of instructor.
Offered 1995-96 only

131s. JUDAISM, CHRISTIANITY AND ISLAM (3)

A consideration of the origins, divisions and beliefs of
the three major religions of the middle east.

II. Biblical Studies

304f. WORLD OF EARLY AND MEDIEVAL

CHRISTIANITY (3)

Contribution of late Jewish, Hellenistic and Roman
civilizations to the cultural matrix in which Christianity
was born.
Prerequisite: 101

Offered 1 996-97 and alierriate ^lears

325s. TOPICS IN BIBLICAL STUDIES ( 3 )

Consideration of a topic or problem of current interest in

1 995-] 997 Catalog

103

Religious Studies

the field of Biblical studies.

Prerequisite: One introductory course in religious

studies

Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

327s. LIFE AND LETTERS OF PAUL (3)

The apostle Paul and his writings. Special attention
given to the social context of his letters and the major
theological and ethical themes, along with studies of his
literary style (rhetoric).
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

335f. JESUS OF NAZARETH IN HISTORY AND
FAITH (3)

The quest for the historical Jesus, with an analysis of

sources and the form that this inquiry took in the

nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Contemporary film

depictions of Jesus are also considered.

Prerequisite: 101

Offered 1995-96 aryi alternate years

III. Religious Thought and Social
Context

202f. (Art 202) MEDIEVAL ART

See Art 202 for description.

(3)

207f. RELIGION IN AMERICA (3)

Consideration of historical and theological issues of

diverse religious groups. Discussion of selected issues,

such as immigration patterns, church and state relations,

social responsibility, ecumenism, revivalism and

fundamentalism.

Offered J 995-96 arvi alternate years

224f. (Women's Studies 224) WOMEN AND

RELIGION (3)

The role of women in shaping religious history from the
ancient to the modem period. Primary historical writings
and theological statements, as well as contemporary
expressions in ritual, fiction and non-fiction, film, art,
music, dance and poetry.

331s. (Women's Studies 331) FEMINIST AND
WOMANIST ETHICS AND SPIRITUALITY (3)

Exploration into the ethical and theological bases of
women's ways of knowing and the broader religious
conversation of white feminists and women of color.
Not offered 1995-96

340f. (History 335) BLACK PROTEST THOUGHT
IN AMERICA FROM SLAVERY TO THE
PRESENT (3)

See History 335 for description.

350f. (Political Science 342) RELIGION AND
POLITICS IN LATIN AMERICA

See Political Science 342 for description.

(3)

355s. PROTESTANT FAITH AND PRACTICE (3)

Origins of Protestantism in the Reformation and in sub-
sequent reform movements. Leading thinkers considered
are Luther, Calvin, Wesley, Kierkegaard, Schleiermacher
and Hamack. Attention given to the leadership of
women in the various streams of Protestantism.
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

360s. CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS

THOUGHT (3)

Leading thinkers and issues of the 20th century. The
impact of World War I, World War 11, Vatican II and
liberation movements on religious thought is assessed.
Prerequisite: One course in Religious Studies
Offered 1 996-97 arvi alternate years

365f . RELIGIOUS ETHICS (3 )

The nature, methods and basic issues of religious ethics,

considering both matters of personal conduct and social

concern. Special attention is given to feminist critiques

of traditional Western approaches to ethics.

Prerequisite: 100, 101, 131 or permission of the

instructor

Offered 1996-97 and alternate years

IV. World Religions

230s. (Women's Studies 230) FEMINISM,
CULTURAL CRITICISM AND WORLD
RELIGIONS (3)

Examines the cross-cultural dialogue of feminists in a
variety of religious expressions (Islam, Buddhism,
Sikhism, Judaism, Christianity, African Religions, Native
American Religions) and includes issues of gender, race,
ethnicity, class and ideology in religion.

330f,s. TOPICS IN WORLD RELIGIONS

Seminar focusing on a special problem within one of the
world's historic religions or on new developments in the
field of comparative literature.

104

Agnes Scott College

Religious Studies, Theatre and Dance

Prerequisite: 130 or 131 or permission of the instructor
May be taken more than once if topic varies.
Topic for fall 1995: Religions of Native Americans

(3)

Explores the religions, spirituality, myths, rituals, stories,
culture, ethics, history and politics of several Native
American peoples. Special attention to Native Ameri-
can concepts of the sacred and to contemporary issues in
the spirituality of Native American peoples.
Topic for spring 1996: Hinduism (3)

The geographic, ethnic and literary origins of Hinduism
with reference to both Vedic and non-Vedic literature
and the relationship of Hinduism and Indian culture.
Theological themes, ritual practices, sacred places and
shrines and ethical priorities of Hinduism are considered,
along with reform movements and major Hindu thinkers.

V. special Studies in Religion

208f. (Music 208) HISTORY OF SACRED
MUSIC

See Music 208 for description.

(3)

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Directed reading course supervised by a member of the

department.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

463s. JUNIOR-SENIOR SEMINAR IN RELIGION

Examination of a variety of topics of current interest in
the study of religion. The seminar attempts to yoke the
theory and practice of religion.
May be repeated if topic varies
Required for all majors

Topic for 1995-96: The Life and Thought of
Mohandas K. Gandhi (3)

The political, social and theological contributions of
Mohandas K. Gandhi. Main divisions of the seminar
include Gandhi in South Africa, Gandhi and the
Struggle for an Independent India, Gandhi and Hindu-
ism, Gandhi and the Theory of Non-Violence, Gandhi
as a Theological Thinker and Gandhi's Influence on
M. L. King Jr. and Peace Movements in the World.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY

Independent research arranged under supervision of a
member of the department.

Theatre and Dance

Professor:

Marylin Darling, Director of Dance
Associate Professor:

Dudley W. Sanders
Visiting Instructor:

Deadra L.Moore (1995-96)

Theatre

The Theatre program investigates the richness
of theatre as a cultural product central to an
understanding of human social systems. The
program emphasizes the development of personal
creativity through produced plays and other perfor-
mance projects. It also provides an interdisciplinary
study of the breadth and application of theatrical
techniques both on-stage and in other realms of
human activity. The department actively engages in a
season o( student and faculty productions on the
Winter Theatre stage, supported by a foundational
training program in acting, directing, playwriting and
theatre production.

Students who are considering a major in theatre
should consult with faculty in the program early in
their college careers as some courses are offered only in
alternate years.

Requirements for the Major

Courses required in the discipline:

100, 131, 203, 250, 308, 310, 312, 313, 326
One of the following resulting in a public perfor-
mance; 327, 329, 410, 415 or 490
Courses required outside the discipline:

Two of the following: English 313, 314, 315, 323,

329; German 305

Theatre majors must be active Blackfriars during their

junior and senior years. They also must assume active

leadership roles in significant aspects of Blackfriars

productions .

The theatre major requires a minimum of 32 credit

1995 -J 997 Catalog

105

Theatre and Dance

hours in the discipline and 6 hours outside the
discipline.

Requirements for the Minor

A minor in theatre must contain at least 18 hours.
The student may design her own program to reflect
a particular interest or emphasis, such as a focus on
an aspect of production or area of study. The
program is devised with the guidance and approval
of the chair of the department. A student electing a
theatre minor must be an active member of
Blackfriars for at least one full year of her time at
Agnes Scott. She must take an active leadership
role in the creative effort of theatre production for
at least one Blackfriars show.

lOOf. INTRODUCTION TO THE THEATRE (4)

Study and practice of the theatre as a performing art
within its historical context. Explorations of and
experiences in dramatic literature, acting, directing,
costume design and scene design.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

1 17f,s. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC

SPEAKING (3)

Techniques of effective oral communication including
methods of organization, means of presentation and
voice and diction, practiced in the context of group
process and oral presentation.
Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Fine Arts

13 If. ACTING I: IMPROVISATION AND

CHARACTER DEVELOPMENT (3)

As a foundation in acting technique, exercises and
presentations explore the creative process and free the
student's imagination for application to scene study and
class performance. Equal emphasis on improvisation and
character development in preparation for performance
assignments.

203f. (English 203) DRAMATIC

WRITING I (3)

Principles of the craft of the playwright with an
emphasis on dramatic structure and the resources of the
theatre through the reading of playscripts and the writing
of a one-act play.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

235s. ACTING II: CHARACTER DEVELOPMENT
AND TEXT ANALYSIS (3)

Text analysis, scene study and acting theory with major
emphasis on factors of character, environment and
approach. Concentration on practice in the preparation
and presentation of performance assignments.
Prerequisite: 131 or permission of the instructor

250s. DESIGN FOR THE STAGE I (3)

Principles ot costume and scenic design for theatre and
dance. Emphasis on script analysis, basic composition,
period research, rendering techniques and execution of
designs in a color medium.
Not open to students who have taken 202

280f,s. THEATRE AND DANCE

PRODUCTION (1-2)

Arranged credit for creative work in design, technical
theatre or acting for a given Blackfriars production or for
all aspects of technical assistance in dance productions
over the course of a semester. Students may earn up to
four hours of practicum credit toward the major in
theatre and the minor in dance and up to two hours for
the minor in theatre. The number of hours to be awarded
is by arrangement with the supervising professor and the
department chair.

Does not satisfy the distributional standard in fine arts
Prerequisite: permission of the supervising professor and
the department chair.

308f. HISTORY OF THEATRE AND DANCE I (3)

Examination of the role of theatre and dance inWestern
society from their early origins up to 1800. Emphasis on
political and religious context and on the style and
practice of theatre and dance as a reflection of a culture's
value system and social structure. Includes discussion of
Western thinkers who have contributed to the under-
standing of theatre and dance and their social/intellec-
tual context.

Not open to students who have had Dance 206 or
Theatre 206
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

310s. HISTORY OF THEATRE AND DANCE II (3)

Continuation of Theatre 308. 1800 to the present.
Prerequisite: 308 or permission of instructor
Offered 1 996-97 and alternate years

312f. (Women's Studies 312) FEMALE IDENTITY
AND THE MAKING OF THEATRE ( 3 )

A study of how theatre reflects the status and role of
women in various cultures through examination of the

106

Agnes Scott College

Theatre and Dance

portrayal of women in drama and film, ot women as
critics/theorists and of women as participants in the
making of theatre.

313s. SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEATRE

AND DANCE (3)

Study in contemporary and critical issues affecting the
theatre as a social and aesthetic institution. Emphasis on
the potential of theatre as an instrument for change.
May be repeated if subject matter varies.
Topic for 1995-96: Performance-art Studio
Examination of the tenets of performance art as a
distinctive theatrical genre and practical application of
the genre incorporating text, movement, sound and
visual art. Students will create individual and collabora-
tive projects, some of which will result in public
performance.
Prerequisite: 131 or permission of the instructor

and design. Practical application of techniques through

participation in production.

2 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: Theatre 250 or permission of the instructtir

Not open to students who have taken Theatre 200 or 301

without permission of the instructor

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study of selected topics in theatre
history or dramatic literature or supervised advanced
projects in the areas of acting, design, directing or dance.

415f,s. (English 415) ADVANCED CREATIVE
WRITING (3)

Individual conferences with emphasis on sustained
creative writing projects in poetry, fiction or drama.
Prerequisite: English 341,342, 344 or permission of the
instructor

326f. DIRECTING I (3)

Study in approaches to realizing a script in performance.
Focus on text analysis, creation of a promptbook and the
presentation of directed scenes.
Prerequisite: 100 and 131 or permission of the instructor

327s. DIRECTING II (4)

Practical and creative application of directing theories
and techniques through the analysis, audition, rehearsal
and public performance of a one-act play.
Prerequisite: 326

Not offered 1995-96

329s. ACTING III: TEXT ANALYSIS AND

ACTING STYLES (3)

Study and practice in the presentation of scenes for
women in various theatrical styles from diverse cultures
and time periods.

Prerequisite: 235 or permission of the instructor
Offered 1995-96 and alternate years

344s. (English 344) DRAMATIC WRITING II (3)

Principles of the craft of the screenwriter with an

emphasis on film structure and format through the

reading of screenplays and the writing of a feature-length

scenario.

Prerequisite: 203 or permssion of the instructor

350f. DESIGN FOR THE STAGE II (3 )

Advanced principles of scenic design, stagecraft and
lighting. Emphasis on theatrical drafting, mechanical
perspective methods, construction techniques for two-
and three-dimensional scenery and lighting equipment

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Exploration of an area of intellectual or artistic interest
which results in the creation of a major work of the
dance or theatre arts or a significant research project.

Dance

The student who minors in dance learns from
the masters of the profession and experiences
dance as a cultural endeavor in the liberal arts
tradition. This program prepares the student to dance
and perform in a variety of settings and combines the
discipline of dance with other areas or majors.

All dance minors must audition for the minor.
These students are adjudicated by a panel of qualified
dance professionals and experts. Placement is deter-
mined after auditions are completed and adjudicated.

Requirements for the Minor

A minimum of 22 hours is required for the minor.
All students must reach and/or maintain an
advanced level of competency in one major area
(ballet, modem or jazz) and an intermediate level
of competency in at least two other dance areas
(ballet, modem, jazz, tap or other stylistic forms).
Dance minors must be active participants in Studio
Dance Theatre their junior and senior years. They
must assume active leadership roles in Studio
Dance Theatre.

J995-]997CaMiog

107

Theatre and Dance

A minimum of 3 hours must be taken from the core
curriculum below. Any level of dance technique
may be repeated once for credit with the permission
of the instructor. These courses are open to students
by permission of the director. Each course has an
adjudication prerequisite: 211, 212, 213, 222, 311,
312,313,322,411,412,413,422.
Students are required to take all of the following:
Practical: 314, 315, THE 280
Theoretical: 317; Music 106 or 107 or 108 or 111;
Dance 206

Students may elect courses from diverse areas. All
elective courses must have the approval of the
director of dance and the chair of the appropriate
program.

Credit received in satisfying physical education course
requirements cannot apply to courses for the dance
minor. Credit received in courses satisfying the dance
minor cannot apply to the physical education require-
ments.

206f. DANCE HISTORY (3)

A broad understanding of the historical background of
dance from its origins in prehistory to the present.
Emphasis on relationship of dance to the other arts and
to the society of each period.
Offered 1995-96; not offered effective 1996-97

211. BEGINNING BALLET ( 1 )

See Physical Education 140 for description.

212. BEGINNING MODERN ( 1 )

See Physical Education 144 for description.

213. BEGINNING JAZZ (1)

See Physical Education 1 16 for description.

222. BEGINNING TAP AND CLOG ( I )

Beginning tap and clog technique is explored. One
dance is required at the end of each semester.

3 n . INTERMEDIATE BALLET ( 1 )

Intermediate ballet technique and terminology as well as
Cecchetti instruction.

312. INTERMEDIATE MODERN ( 1 )

Intermediate modern dance technique, improvisation
and intermediate levels of contemporary are emphasized.

313. INTERMEDIATE JAZZ ( 1 )

Intermediate elements of jazz dance are explored and
intermediate jazz technique is emphasized.

314. DANCE PERFORMANCE ( 1 )

Dance performance includes actual time in Studio Dance
Theatre productions.

315. CHOREOGRAPHY ( 1 )

Includes actual choreographic work presented in Studio
Dance Theatre performances.

317. DANCE COMPOSITION AND

MOVEMENT (3)

This course will consist of exploration of all ranges of
dance composition using the elements of levels, space,
time, rhythm, dynamics, textures and styles.

322. INTERMEDIATE TAP AND CLOG ( 1 )

Intermediate tap and clog technique is taught. At least
one dance is required at the end of the semester.

411. ADVANCED BALLET ( 1 )

Advanced ballet technique and pointe work emphasized.

412. ADVANCED MODERN

Advanced modem dance technique emphasized.

(1)

413. ADVANCED JAZZ ( 1 )

Advanced jazz technique taught in a range of styles,
including but not limited to Giordano, Fosse, Genero,
Luigi and Ailey.

415. ADVANCED CHOREOGRAPHY ( 1 )

Continuation of 315. Deals with more advanced aspects
of the choreographic process. The culmination of the
course will be a presentation of the choreography in
performance.
Prerequisite: Dance 315

417. ADVANCED DANCE COMPOSITION AND
MOVEMENT (3)

Explores the elements of dance composition in greater
detail and at a more advanced level. The course explores
all ranges of dance composition using the elements of
levels, space, time, rhythm, dynamics, textures and styles
on an advanced level.
Prerequisite: Dance 317

108

Agnes Scott College

Theatre and Dance, Women's Studies

422. ADVANCED TAP AND CLOG ( 1 )

Advanced tap and clog technique is taught. Two or more
dances are required at the end of the semester.

Women's Studies

Required courses: 100, 340
450 may count as one course.

100s. WOMEN, CULTURE AND SOCIETY (3 )

An introduction to Women's Studies. Using feminist
perspectives and scholarship, this interdisicplinary course
examines the experiences of women in the United
States, analyzes institutions and practices that affect
women and develops connections to women in other
cultures.

Director:

Gail Cabisius

The Program in Women's Studies integrates
liberal arts education at Agnes Scott by
offering students opportunities to focus on
women through introductory and specialized courses,
research and internships. Working closely with the
academic departments and with several campus
organizations. Women's Studies seeks to promote
understanding and analysis of women's experience in
multicultural perspective through scholarship and
community activities.

Women's Studies courses, which may be interdisci-
plinary or disciplinary, explore gender as well as race,
ethnicity, culture and class as categories of analysis and
encourage students to develop their skills in critical
thinking and oral and written expression. Courses in
the program emphasize women's past and present roles
in culture, politics, economy, family, society, the arts
and sciences or areas of study such as gender roles,
feminist theory, lesbian studies, contemporary legal
and political questions, women and work, women's
education or women and global issues.

Students may choose to minor in Women's Studies
or to complement their majors and minors with a
selection of Women's Studies courses. A major in
Women's Studies may be arranged through the
student-designed major option in consultation with
the director.

Requirements for the hiinor

Students may minor in Women's Studies by
selecting a program of at least 6 courses chosen in
consultation with the Women's Studies director.

130f. (Psychology 130) PSYCHOLOGY OF

WOMEN (3)

See Psychology 130 for description.

211s. (Political Science 211) (Sociology 214)

WOMEN IN LATIN AMERICA ( 3 )

See Political Science 21 1 for description.

211Ls. (Political Science 21 IL) (Sociology 214L)
(Spanish 301L) WOMEN IN LATIN AMERICA,
SPANISH COMPONENT ( 1 )

See Political Science 211 L for description.

212s. (Sociology 211) MARRIAGE AND THE

FAMILY (3)

See Sociology 211 for description.

216s. (English 216) TOPICS ON WOMEN AND
LITERATURE (3)

See English 216 for description.

220s. (Music 220) WOMEN IN MUSIC (3)

See Music 220 for description.

220Ls. (German 320L) (Music 220L) WOMEN IN
MUSIC, GERMAN COMPONENT (1)

See German 320L for description.

224f. (Religious Studies 224) WOMEN AND

RELIGION (3)

See Religious Studies 224 tor description.

230s. (Religious Studies 230) FEMINISM,
CULTURAL CRITICISM AND WORLD
RELIGIONS (3)

See Religious Studies 230 for description.

J 995- J 997 Catalog

109

Women's Studies

263s. TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES (3)

An interdisciplinary course focusing on an aspect of
women's history, feminist theory, women's creative
works, women in cross-cultural perspectives, depictions
of women and theories about women. Some understand-
ing of basic issues in women's studies is recommended.
Course may be repeated for credit when subject matter
varies. A Topics in Women's Studies course may be credited
towards a major or a minor in another department with the
approval of the chair of that department.
Topic for spring 1996: Theorizing the Female Body.
A study of the female body both in feminist theories and
contemporary culture. Topics to be covered include
female essentialism, compulsory heterosexuality,
pornography and self-esteem and body image.

270f. (Anthropology 270) WOMEN, HEALTH AND
SOCIETY (3)

See Anthropology 270 for description.

3 1 Is. (Art 3 1 1 ) THE RISE OF THE WOMAN

ARTIST (3)

See Art 311 for description.

312f. (Theatre 312) FEMALE IDENTITY AND THE
MAKING OF THEATRE (3 )

See Theatre 312 for description.

313f. (Political Science 313) GENDER POLITICS (3)

See Political Science 313 for description.

322f. (History 322) WOMEN IN MODERN
EUROPEAN
HISTORY (3)

See History 322 for description.

341s. (Classics 341) (Sociology 341) FAMILY AND
SOCIETY IN THE CLASSICAL WORLD ( 3 )

See Classics 341 for description.

341Ls. (Classics 341L) (Sociology 341L) (Greek
241L/341L) (Latin 241L/341L) FAMILY AND
SOCIETY IN THE ANCIENT WORLD, GREEK
AND LATIN COMPONENT ( 1 )

See Classics 34 IL for description.

350s. (Sociology 350) BLACK FEMINIST
THOUGHT: CHANGING IDEAS AND
REALITIES (3)

See Sociology 350 for description.

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study of selected texts or a particu-
lar field within women's studies.

450f,s. INTERNSHIP

480f. COLLOQUIUM ON WOMEN IN CROSS-
CULTURAL PERSPECTIVE (3)

A non-hierarchical, collective learning experience open

to students and faculty and focusing on some aspect of

women in crosscultural perspective. Emphasis, content

and methodology are determined by the group.

Prerequisite: permission of the director of Women's

Studies

Not offered 1995-96

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a faculty member.

330s. (History 330) THE HISTORY OF WOMEN IN
AMERICA (3)

See History 330 for description.

331s. (Religious Studies 331) FEMINIST AND

WOMANIST ETHICS AND SPIRITUALITY (3)

See Religious Studies 331 for description.

340f . CONTEMPORARY FEMINIST THEORY (3 )

A crossdisciplinary study of feminist theorists represent-
ing a variety of approaches.

110

Agnes Scott College

Women, Leadership and Social Change

Women,
Leadership and
Social Change

Director:

Isa D. Williams

See the description of the program in Women,
Leadership and Social Change: the Atlanta
Semester (p. 35) .

301s. THE ATLANTA SEMESTER SEMINAR (4)

An interdisciplinary exploration of women's historic and
contemporary contributions to social change. The course
provides a theoretical framework for understanding
women's relationship to the process of social change with
special focus on multi-ethnic feminist theories. (Open
only to students enrolled in the Atlanta Semester Program.)

305s. THE ATLANTA SEMESTER SPEAKERS'
FORUM (2)

Students meet with community leaders and faculty for
lectures and discuss topics related to the Atlanta
Semester's yearly topic. Requirements include atten-
dance and responsibility for introducing a speaker or
topic to the class. (Open only to students enrolled in the
Atlanta Semester Program.)

350s. THE ATLANTA SEMESTER INTERNSHIP

(4)

Experiential learning through a supervised internship in
a community organization. (Open only to students enrolled
in the Atlanta Semester Program.)

380s. THE ATLANTA SEMESTER RESEARCH
PROJECT

(3)

Independent research drawing on the Atlanta Semester
internship and seminar and resulting in a paper that
combines theory and experience. Topic to be selected by
the student with approval from the instructor. (Open only
to students enrolled in the Atlanta Semester Program.)

1995-1997 Catalog

111

Organization of the College

Agnes Scott CoUege Faculty

(Date after name indicates year of appointment)

Juan Allende (1993)

B.S. Iowa State University, M.A., Ph.D. University of

North Carolirm;
M.Div. Emory University
Assistant Professor of Political Science

Christopher Ames (1986)

B.A. University of Texas at Austin; Ph.D. Stanford

University
Associate Professor of English

Bona W. Ball (1967)

B.A. University of Virginia; M.A.T. Duke University;

Ph.D., University of Kentucky

Ellen Douglas Leybum Professor of English

David P. Behan( 1974)

B.A. Yale University; Ph.D. Vanderbilt University
Professor of Philosophy

Anne E.Beidler( 1992)

Assistant Professor of Art

B.A. Earlham College; B.F.A. University of

Connecticut;
M. F.A. University of Massachusetts

Ruth Bettandorff( 1992)

B.A. California State University;
M.A., Ph.D. University of Mississippi
Associate Dean of the College and Director of Graduate
Studies; Assistant Professor of Education

Sarah R.Blanshei (1990)

B.A. Bates College; M.A., Ph.D. Bryn Mawr College
Dean of the College; Professor of History

Barbara]. Blatchley( 1990)

B.A. Indiana University; Ph.D. University of South

Carolina
Assistant Professor of Psychology

Sandra T.Bowden( 1968)

B.S. Georgia Southern College; M.A., Ph.D. University

of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Charles A. Dana Professor of Biology

ArthurL Bowling Jr. (1977)

B.S. College of William and Mary; M.S., Ph.D.

University of Illinois
Associate Professor of Physics

Josephine Boyd Bradley (1993)

B.A. North Carolina Central University; M.S.W.

Michigan State
University; M.A. Emory University; Ph.D. Emory

University
Assistant Professor of Sociology

Michael J. Brown (1960-62; 1965)

B.A. LaGrange College; M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Charles A. Dana Professor of History

Mary Brown Bullock (1995)

B.A. Agnes Scott College; M. A., Ph.D. Stanford

University
President of the College; Professor of History

Ronald L.Bymside( 1975)

B.A. Cincinnati Conservatory of Music;

M.A. Yale University; Ph.D. University of Illinois
Charles A . Dana Professor of Music

Gail Cabisius (1974)

B.A. SmithCollege; M.P.A. Georgia State University;

M.A., Ph.D. Bryn Mawr College
Associate Professor of Classical Languages and Literatures

Penelope Campbell (1965)

B.A. Baylor University; M.A., Ph.D. Ohio State

University
Charles A. Dana Professor of History

112

Agnes Scott College

Organization of the College

Paige S.CardeK 1995)

B.S., M.Ed. Radford University
Head Coach of Soccer and Basketball; Instructor in
Physical Education

Aysellgaz Garden (1978)
B.A. Agnes Scott College;

M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Professor of Psychology

John]. Carey (1989)

A.B., Ph.D. Duke University;

B.D.,S. T.M.Yale University
Wallace M . Alston Professor of Bible and Religion

Augustus B. Cochran, III (1973)

B.A. Davidson College; M.A. Indiana University;
Ph.D. University ofhlorth Carolina at Chapel Hill;

}.D. Georgia State University
Professor of Political Science

EileenL. Cooley(1988)

B.A. University of Colorado; M.S. University of

Oregon; M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Associate Professor of Psychology

Christine Cozzens (1987)

B.A., M.A. Stanford University; Ph.D. University of

California, Berkeley
Associate Professor of English

Rosemary T. Cunningham (1985)

B.A.,M.A.,Ph.D. Fordham University
Associate Professor of Economics

Marylin Barfield Darling (1971)

B.S., M.M. Florida State University; Ph.D. Georgia

State University
Professor of Dance

Rosemary Eberiel (1985)

B.A. University of Wisconsin; Faculte des Lettres,

University of Aix-Marseille;
Ph.D. Harvard University
Assistant Professor ofFreiich

J. Phil Gibson (1995)

B.A. Oklahoma State University; M.A. University of

Georgia; Ph.D. University of Colorado
Assistant Professor of Biology

Michele K.Gillespie (1990)

B.A. Rice University; M.A., Ph.D. Princeton University
Assistant Professor of History

Josefina Gonzalez (1995)

B.A. University of Puerto Rico; M.F.A. Wayne State

University; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. New York

University
Assistant Professor of Spanish

StevenR. Guthrie (1985)

B.A. Antioch College; Ph.D. Brown University
Associate Professor of English

Lilia Guesta Harvey (1994)

B.S. Florida International University; Ph.D. Georgia

Institute of Technology
Assistant Professor of Chemistry

Linda C.Hodges (1992)

B.S. Centre College of Kentucky;
Ph.D. University of Kentucky
William Rand Kenan Professor of Chemistry

Thomas W.Hogan( 1965)
B.A. University of Florida ;

M.A., Ph.D. University of Arkansas
Professor of Psychology

BrendaA. Hoke(1993)

B.A. North Carolina Central L/niversiry; M.A. Atlanta
University; M.A. State University of New York,
Stonybrook; Ph.D. State University of New York,
Stonybrook

Assistant Professor of Sociology

Linda L.Hubert (1968)
B.A. Agnes Scott College;

M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Professor of English

Cue Pardue Hudson (1974)

B.A. Agnes Scott College; M.A.T. Emory University
Dean of Students; Instructor in Education

Mary Kathryn Owen Jarboe (1974)
B.A. Agnes Scott College
Registrar

1995-1997 Catalog

113

Ors^anization of the College

Calvert B.Johnson (1986)

B.A. Kalamazoo College; M.M., D.M. Northwestern

University
Professor of Music; College Organist

Michael S. Johnson (for Spring 1996)

A.B. Davidson College; Ph.D. University of North

Carolina at Chapel Hill
Visiting Professor of Economics

Violet M.Johnson (1992)

B.A. University of Sierra Leone; M.A. University of

New Brunswick; Ph.D. Boston College
Assistant Professor of History

Katharine D. Kennedy (1981)

B.A. Duke University; M.A., Ph.D. Stanford University
Associate Professor of History

Waqas A. Khwaja (for Academic Session 1995-96)
B.A. Government College, Lahore; LL.B., M.A. Punjab

University; M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Visiting Assistant Professor of English

Robert A. Leslie (1970)

B.S. Davidson College; M.A., Ph.D. University of

Georgia
Associate Professor of Mathematics

Myrtle H.Lewin( 1983)

B.Sc. Witwatersrand University, Johannesburg, South

Africa; M.A.,
Ph.D. University of Wisconsin
Associate Professor of Mathematics

Sally A. MacEwen( 1982)

B.A. Mount Holy oke College; M.A., Ph.D. University

of Pennsylvania
Associate Professor of Classical Languages and Literatures

Thomas L.Maier( 1990)

B.A. Franklin and Marshall College; Ph.D. University of

South Carolina
Director of Information Technolo^ Services; Associate

Professor of Chemistry

Theodore K. Mathews (1967)

B.A. Brown University; M.A.T. Harvard University;

Ph.D. University of Michigan
Professor of Music

Terry S.McGehee( 1976)

B.A. Qiteens College; M.F.A. Washington University
Professor of Art

Guy Mentha (for Fall 1995)

B.A., M.A., McGill University; Ph.D. Yale University
Visiting Professor of French

MoUie Merrick (1959)

B.A. Agnes Scott College; M.A. Teachers' College of

Columbia University
Associate Dean of Students

StarlynM. Minke(I995)

B.S. University of Wisconsin, River Falls; M.A. Kent

State University
Director of Athletics and Instructor in Physical Education

Deadra Moore (1995-96)

B.A. Agnes Scott College; M.F.A. University of

Georgia
Visiting Instructor in Theatre

GiselaNofat(1993)

B.S. St. Peter's College; B.A. Montclair State College;
M.A. New York University; Ph.D. Washington
University
Assistant Professor of Spanish

Rafael Ocasio (1989)

B.A. University of Puerto Rico, Rio Piedras; M.A,

Eastern New Mexico University;

Ph.D. University of Kentucky
Associate Professor of Spanish

Richard D. Parry (1967)

B.A. Georgetown University; M.A. Yale University;
Ph.D. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
F idler E. Callaway Professor of Philosophy

John FPilger (1979)

B.S., Ph.D. University of Southern California
Professor of Biology

FatricaG. Finka(1969)

B.A. University of Pittsburgh; M.A. San Francisco State

College;
Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh
Professor of English

Tina Fippin (1989)

B.A. Mars Hill College; M.Div. Candler School of

Theology; Th.M., Ph.D. Southern Baptist Theological

Semiruiry
Associate Professor of Religious Studies

114

Agnes Scott College

Organization of the Coltege

Martha Woodson Rees (1990)

B.A.,M. A., Ph.D. University of Colorado
Associate Professor of Anthropology

Regine P. Reynolds-Cornell (1986)

B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Texas at Austin
Adeline Arnold Loridans Professor of French

Lawrence H. Riddle (1989)

B.S. Carnegie-Mellon University; Mathematical Tripos,

Part 111, Cambridge University; M.S., Ph.D.

University of Illinois
Associate Professor of Mathematics

Donna Sadler (1986)

B.A. Boston University; M.A., Ph.D. Indiana

University
Associate Professor of Art

Alberto C.Sadun( 1984)

B.S., Ph.D. Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Associate Professor of Astronomy

DudleyW. Sanders (1979)

A.B. Kenyon College; M.F.A. Northwestern (Jniversit^i
Associate Professor of Theatre

Catherine V.Scott (1984)

B.A. University of Florida; M.A., Ph.D. Emory

University
Associate Professor of Political Science

EdmundJ. Sheehey(1987)

B.A., M.A. Fordham University; Ph.L., M.Div.

Woodstock College; Ph.D. Michigan State University
Hal and Julia T. Smith Chair of Free Enterprise

Susan C. Showers (1993)

B.S. Tennessee Technological University; M.A. West

Georgia College
Head Coach of Cross Country and Tennis; Instructor in

Physical Education

Karen J. Thompson (1992)

B.A. Occiiiental College; Ph.D. University of Oregon
Assistant Professor of Biology

Peggy Thompson (1985)

B.A., M.A. ArizonaState University; M.A. Emory

University; M.A., Ph.D. Indiana University
Associate Professor of English

T LeonVenable(1983)

B.S. Davidson College; Ph.D. University of Virginia
Associate Professor of Chemistry

Bing Wei (1992)

B.E. Bejing Institute of Physical Education; M.A.

Southeastern Louisiana University; Ph.D. University

of Southern Mississippi
Instructor in Physical Education

Julie A. Weisberg( 1991)

B.S. Tufts University; M.Ed. Emory University; Ph.D.

University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Assistant Professor of Education

Jane West (1994)

B.S. Mi'ssissififii College; M.A. Louisiarm State

University; Ed.D. University of Georgia
Assistant Professor of Education

Patricia McGuire White (1987)

B.A. Agnes Scott College; M.S. University of Georgia
Ph.D. Georgia Institute of Technology
Assistant Dean of the College and Director of Academic
Advising; Assistajit Professor of Biology

IngridE. Wieshofer(1970)

Teacher's Diploma, Ph.D. University of Vienna
Associate Professor of German

Richard Williams (1995-96)
B.S. Morehouse College
Visiting Instructor in Chemistry

Harry E.Wistrand( 1974)

B.A. Austin Collge; M.A. North Texas State University;

Ph.D. ArizonaState University
Professor of Biology

01gaYiparaki(1994)

B.A. The College ofWooster; Ph.D. University of

Michigan, Ann Arbor
Assistant Professor of Mathematics

Emeritae/i Faculty

(Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning arid ending of
service at Agnes Scott College . )

Mary Virginia Allen, Ph.D. (19484951; 1954-1979)
Professor of French

1995-1997 Catalog

115

Margaret Perry Ammons, Ph.D. (1969-1989)
Professor of Education

Gunther Bicknese, Dr. Phil. (1976-1991)
Professor of German

Christabel R Braunrot, Ph.D. (1976-1995)
Associate Professor of French

Anna Josephine Bridgman, Ph.D. (1949-1974)
Professor of Biology

Jack T. Brooking, Ph.D. (1974-1985)
Professor of Theatre

Frances Clark Calder, Ph.D. (1953-1969; 1974-1986)
Professor of French

William A. Calder, Ph.D. (1947-1971)
Professor of Physics and Astronomy

Kwai Sing Chang, Ph.D. (1956-1986)
Professor of Bible and Religion

Huguette D. Chatagnier, Ph.D. (1969-1993)

Associate Professor of French

Alice J. Cunningham, Ph.D.
(1966-67; 1968-1992)
Professor of Chemistry

Miriam Koontz Drucker, Ph.D. (1955-1990)
Professor of Psychology

Mary Walker Fox, B.A. (1937-1944; 1952-1979)
Instructor in Chemistry

Paul Leslie Garber, Ph.D. (1943-1976)
Professor of Bible and Religion

Julie T. Gary, Ph.D. (1957-1984)

Dean of the College, Professor of Chemistry

John Lewis Gignilliat, Ph.D. (1969-1989)
Associate Professor of History

Nancy Pence Groseclose, Ph.D. (1947-1979)
Professor of Biology

Mary Eloise Herbert, M.A. (1954-1991)
Associate Professor of Spanish

Judith B. Jensen, M.L.S. (1977-1993)

Librarian

Edward C. Johnson, Ph.D. (1965-1995)
Associate Professor of Economics

Kathryn A. Manuel, RE.D. (1958-1992)
Professor of Physical Education

Raymond Jones Martin, S.M.D. (1950-1986)
Professor of Music; College Organist

Michael McDowell, M.A. (1950-1975)
Professor of Music

Kate McKemie, Ed.D. (1956-1988)
Professor of Physical Education

Jack L. Nelson, Ph.D. (1962-1995)
Professor of English

Lillian Newman, M.Ln. (1948-91)
Associate Librarian

Marie Sophie Huper Pepe, Ph.D. (1951-1986)
Professor of Art

Margaret W. Pepperdene, Ph.D. (1956-1985)
Professor of English

SaraL.Ripy, Ph.D. (1958-1989)
Professor of Mathematics

Ruth Schmidt, Ph.D. (1982-1994)
President of the College

Mary Boney Shears, Ph.D., L.H.D., LL.D. (1949-1983)
Professor of Bible and Reli^on

ChloeSteel, Ph.D. (1955-1976)
Professor of French

John A. Tumblin Jr., Ph.D. (1961-1990)
Professor of Sociology and Anthropology

Ronald B. Wilde, M.A.T. (1965-1978)
Assistant Professor of Mathematics

Myma Goode Young, Ph.D. (1955-1956; 1967-1979)
Professor of Classical Languages and Literatures

Emeritae/i Staff

Mary Alverta Bond, B.A. (1960-1994)
Administrative Assistant to the President

116

Agnes Scott College

Administration and Staff

Mary Brown Bullock, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
President

Lea Ann Hudson, B.A.

Special Assistant to the President
Secretary to the Board of Trustees

To be appointed

Executive Assistant to the President

Stephanie S. Balmer, B.S., M.B.A.
Director of Admission

Tansill H. Hille, B.A., M.B.A.

Director of Financial Aid

Paige M. McRight, B.A., M.Div.
Chaplain

Sarah R. Blanshei, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Dean of the College

Ruth S. Bettandorff, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Associate Dean of the College
Director of Graduate Studies

Patricia McGuire White, B.A., M.S., Ph.D.
Assistant Dean of the College
Director of Academic Advising
on leave Fall semester 1995

Diane C. Bradford, B.A., M.B.A.

Manager of Faculty Services

Mary K. Owen Jarboe, B.A.
Registrar

Thomas L. Maier, B.A., Ph.D.

Director of Information Technology Services

Virginia F. Moreland, B.A., M.A., M.L.I.S.
College Librarian

Starlyn M. Minke, B.S., M.A.
Director of Athletics
Instructor in Physical Education

AmyK. Schmidt, B.A., M.S.

Director of Career Planning and Placement

William E. Gailey, B.S., M.B.A.

Vice President for Finance and Development

Rus Drew, B.S.

Director of Public Safety

Janet Gould

Director of Human Resources

Adelia P Huffines, B.A.

Assistant Vice President for Development

Elsa Pena, B.Arch., M.U.P
Director of the Physical Plant

Karen L. Roy, B.A., M.B.A.

Associate Vice President for Finance

Gue Pardue Hudson, B.A., M.A.T.
Dean of Students

MoUie Merrick, B.A., M.A.
Associate Dean of Students

Lucia Howard Sizemore, B.A.
Director of Alumnae Affairs

To be appointed

Director of Public Relations

1995-1997 Catalog

117

Board of Trustees

Officers of the
Board

Joseph R. Gladden, Jr.

Chairperson
Ann Register Jones

Vice Chairperson
Lea Ann Hudson

Secretary

Ex officio

Mary Brown Bullock

Alumna

President of the College

Members of the
Board

George S. Branch

Attorney

King & Spalding

Atlanta, Georgia
Clark E. Candler

Attorney

McCurdy & Caruiler

Decatur, Georgia
J. Wallace Daniel

Vice President and Director

Georgia Duck & Cordage Mill

Scottdale, Georgia
Joyce K. Essien

Director

Office of Public Health Practice

School of Public Health

Emory University

Atlanta, Georgia
D. Gayle Gellerstedt

Alumna

Kindergarten Teacher

College Heights Elementary
School

Decatur, Georgia
Joseph R. Gladden, Jr.

Senior Vice President and
General Counsel

The Coca-Cola Company

Atlanta, Georgia
Francis Bailey Graves

Alumna

Atlanta, Georgia
James P. Hendrix, Jr.

Headmaster

The Lovett School

Atlanta, Georgia

Nancy Thomas Hill

Alumna

Richmond, Virginia
Pierre Howard

Lieutenant Governor

State of Georgia

Atlanta, Georgia
Anne Register Jones

Alumna

Atlanta, Georgia
Rebecca Bruce Jones

Alumrm

Instructor in Chemistry

University of North Carolina
at Wilmington

Wilmington, North Carolina
Walter M. Jones

Pastor

Alpharetta Presbyterian Church

Alpharetta, Georgia
Martha Wilson Kessler

Alumna

Atlanta, Georgia
Harriet M. King

Alumna

Vice Provost for Academic
Affairs

Associate Professor of Law

Emory University

Atlanta, Georgia
Kay L. KriU

Alumna

Vice President, Merchandising

Ann Taylor, Inc.

New York, New York
Gay Blackburn Maloney

Alumna

Attorney

Blackburn, Maloney, and
Schuppert

Decatur, Alabama

118

Agnes Scott College

Organization of the College

Clair McLeod Muller

Alumna

Council Member

Atlanta City Council

Atlanta, Geor^a
James D. Philips, Jr.

Vice President

Lennar Partners

Atlanta, Geor^a
Louise Hill Reaves

Alumna

Executive Secretary

Sarviers & Sizemore
Sally A. Skardon

Alumna

Senior Vice President

NationsBarik of South Carolina

Columbia, South Carolimi
Jesse J. Spikes

Attorney

Long, Aldridge & Norman

Atlanta, Georgia
W. G. Tittle, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer

T. M. Polyfim, Inc.

Valdosta, Georgia
Sara Ector Vagliano

Alumna

Norfolk, Connecticut
Dan C. West

Vice President for College
Relations

Union College

Schenectady, New York
E. Jenner Wood, 111

Executive Vice President

SunTrust Banks, Inc.

Atlanta, Geor^a

Trustees Emeriti
And Emeritae

Dorothy H. Addison

Atlanta, Georgia
Mary Alverta Bond

Secretary Emerita

Decatur, Georgia
Elizabeth H. Cameron

Wilmington, North Carolina
Evelyn B. Christman

New Orleans , Louisiana
Neil O. Davis

Auburn, Alabama
Harry A. Fifield

Roswell, Georgia
Ben S. Gilmer

Atlanta, Georgia
J. A. Minter, Jr.

Tyler, Alabama
Betty Scott Noble

Decatur, Georgia
J. Davison Philips

Decatur, Georgia
Mary W. Read

Danville, Kentucky
Hansford Sams, Jr.

Decatur, Georgia
Hal L. Smith

Atlanta, Geor^a
Samuel R. Spencer, Jr.

Davidson, North Carolina

1995-1997 Catalog

119

Index

Absences 25

Academic

Advising 21

Degree Requirements 21

Dismissal 30

Honors 27

Probation 29

Scholarships 8, 12

Warning 29

Acceleration 35

Accreditation 1

Adding Courses 25

Administration and Staff 117

Administrative dismissal 30

Admission

Admission after junior year 10

Admission policy 8

Application 8

Advanced placement credit 9

Deadlines 9

Disabilities 1 1

Early admission 10

Entrance examinations 8

Entrance requirements 8

Health record 9

International students 10

Interviews 9

Joint enrollment 10

Overnight visits 9

Part-time students 10

Return to College Program 19

Transfer students 10

Transient students 1 1

Advanced Placement 9

Advising 21

Africana studies 45

Agnes Scott College, history 2

Agnes Scott College, mission and purpose 2

American College Test (ACT) 8

Anthropology courses 94

Application for admission 8

Art courses 46

Athletic program 18

120

Astronomy courses 92

Auditing courses 25

Atlanta 4

Atlanta Semester 35, HI

Biochemistry major 49

Biology courses 49

Board of Trustees 118

Business Preparatory Program 52

Calendars Inside Covers

Campus life 4, 16

Campus, history 2

Campus map 123

Campus visits 9

Career Planning and Counseling 6

Chaplain 17

Chemistry courses 53

Class attendance 25

Classical Languages and Literatures courses 55

Classification 29

Collaborative Learning Centers 6

College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) 8

Completion of semester courses 26

Computer facilities 5

Confidentiality of student records 26

Counseling services

Career Planning and Counseling 17

College chaplain 17

Financial aid 12

Health services 16

Course loads 24

Course numbering 24

Courses of Study 45

Cross registration, The University Center 35

Dance courses 107

Dean's Honor List 28

Degree requirements 21

Depth Standards 23

Agnes Scott College

Index

Directions to campus 124

Disciplinary probation, suspension and dismissal 30

Dismissal 30

Distributional Standards 21

Dropping courses 25

Dual degree program with

Georgia Institute of Technology 38

Washington University 38

Economics and Business 59

Economics courses 59

Education courses 61

English courses 66

English Literature-Creative Writing 66

Entrance requirements 8

Exchange programs 34, 39

Extracurricular activities 5

Faculty 112

Fees 42

Final examinations 26

Financial Aid 4, 8, 12

Return to College Program 15

Scholarships 4, 8, 12

French courses 78

French exchange program 34

German courses 81

German exchange program 34

Global Awareness 33, 70

Global Connections 33

Good standing 30

Grades 24

Disputed final grades 26

Graduation honors 27

Graduate Study 41

Grants, see Financial Aid

Greek courses 56

Health insurance 44

Health record 9, 19

Health services 16

1995-1997 Catalog

History courses 70

Honor List 28

Honor System 6

Incompletes 26

Independent Study (490) 36

Interdisciplinary courses 74

International Relations 74

International students 15

International study 33

Internships, credit and non-credit 36

Interviews 9

Japanese courses 83

Japanese exchange program 33

Joint enrollment 10

Junior Year Abroad 34

Judicial Review Committee 30

Language Across the Curriculum 37

Latin American Studies 75

Latin courses 57

Law, preparation for the study of 41

Leave of absence 32

Library 5

Loans, see Financial Aid

Majors (Depth Standards) 23

Map 123

Master of Arts in Teaching Secondary English 40

Mathematics courses 76

Mathematics-Economics 78

Mathematics-Physics 78

Medicine, preparation for the study of 41

Medical report 9, 19

Mills College exchange program 39

Minors 23

Mission and Purpose of the College 3

Modem Foreign Languages and Literatures 78

Multicultural Affairs 18

Music courses 85

121

lnde>

Organization ot the College
Orientation

112
..16

Pass/Fail option

Philosophy courses

Physical Education courses

Physics courses

Political Science courses

Post-Baccalaureate Premedical Program .

Pre-law study

Pre-medicine study

Probation

Psychology courses

Public Leadership Education Network
(PLEN)

24

..90
..92
..94
..40
..41
..41
..34
101

..39

SHARPIWomen 37

Social policies and regulations 16

Sociology courses 94

Spanish courses 83

Special programs 35

Special Study (410) 37

Specific Standards 21

Spiritual life 17

Staff 117

Student activities 16

Student-designed majors 37

Student government 16

Study abroad 33

Summer school 31

Suspension 30

Readmission

Re-examinations

Refund policy

Religious studies courses

Renaissance Scholars Program

Repeating courses

Requirements for the degree ...

Depth Standards

Distributional Standards

Residence requirement

Restrictions

Specific standards

Research Scholars Program

Residence halls

Residence life

Return to College Program

Room and Board

ROTC

32

26

43

....103

39

25

21

23

21

24

22

21

37

5

16

15, 19

42

39

Scholarships

Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT)
Scott Free Year Five

4,8, 12

Teaching careers, preparation for 38, 40, 61

Telephone system 44

Tests 26

Theatre courses 105

Transfer credit 31

Trustees 118

Tuition and fees 42

University Center in Georgia 36

Visits

Washington Semester 39

Withdrawing from the College 32

Withdrawing from courses 25

Women, Leadership and Social Change 35, 111

Women's Studies 109

Writing Workshop 6

36 Year Five

36

122

Agnes Scott College

1 995' J 997 Catalog

The Agnes Scott College Campus

Directions to Campus

(see map on previous page)

From North on 1-75

Take 1-75 south past 1-285 to 1-85 north. Exit Clairmont
Road; turn right (signs point to Decatur) ; Clairmont
ends at Decatur Square. Turn right onto Ponce de Leon;
turn left at next light (Commerce); turn left at the
second light (Trinity); turn right at the next light
(McDonough). Follow McDonough across the train
tracks and turn left onto College Avenue; Agnes Scott
will be on your right. Turn into the first driveway on
your right.

From North on 1-85

Exit Clairmont Road; turn left (signs point to Decatur);

Clairmont ends in Decatur Square. Follow directions

above through downtown Decatur to the Agnes Scott

campus.

From East on 1-20

Go 1-285 north to Memorial Drive exit; turn left. Turn
right at Covington Road (5 th light); continue through
Avondale ( road name changes to College Avenue ) .
Agnes Scott is on the left after the old train station.
Enter the second driveway on your left.

From West on 1-20

Exit I-85/I-75 north; remain on 1-85 to Clairmont Road.
Follow directions for "From North on 1-75."

From South on 1-75

Take 1-75 north to 1-675; at 1-285 go east (toward
Augusta) to Memorial Drive. Follow directions on
"From East on 1-20."

From 1-285 & Highway 78 (Stone Mountain
Freeway)

Take 78 west. Go left at DeKalb Industrial Way (2nd
light). Cross train tracks (road name changes to N.
Arcadia, then Sam's Crossing) . Turn right at College
Avenue. Continue past old Decatur train station. Agnes
Scott is on the left. Enter the second driveway on
your left.

Interviews and Visits

Scheduled throughout the year. Weekdays 9:00 a.m. to
4:00 p.m.; campus tours and class visits are also avail-
able. Overnight visits are scheduled from Sunday
through Thursday during the academic year.

The Office of Admission is in Rebekah Scott Hall,
the first building on the right off the semi-circular
drive at the front of campus. Visitor parking is
available along the driveway. Permits for parking
elsewhere on campus are available in the Office
of Admission.

Agnes Scott College
Decatur, Georgia 30030
Toll free: 1-800-868-8602
(404)371-6000

124

Agnes Scott College

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1996-1997

Fall Semester 1996

Sunday, September 1 (evening)
Monday, September 2
Monday-Tuesday, September 2-3
Tuesday, September 3
Wednesday, September 4
Thursday, September 5
Friday, September 6
Friday-Sunday, October 1 8-20
Wednesday-Sunday, Nov.27-Dec.l
Thursday, December 12
Friday, December 1 3
Monday-Friday, December 16-20

New students arrive

Labor Day

New student orientation

Returning students arrive

Registration for returning students

Registration for new students

First day of classes

Fall break

Thanksgiving break

Last day of classes

Reading day

Finals

Spring Semester 1 997

Monday, January- 20
Tuesday, January- 21
Wednesday, January 22
Thursday, January 23
Saturday-Monday, March 22-31
Sunday, March 30
Tuesday, May 6

Wednesday-Thursday, May 7-8
Thursday, May 8
Friday- Wednesday, May 9-14

Friday, May 16
Saturday, May 1 7

Martin Luther King, Jr. Holiday

Students arrive

Registration

First day of classes

Spring break

Easter break

Last day of classes

Reading days

Senior exams begin at 2 p.m.

Finals, Senior exams erxd on May 14 at noon;

others end at 5 p.m.
Baccalaureate
Commencement